@ -2,7 +2,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
NUM front intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Numbers<br><br>1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)<br> * Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)<br> * Regulations (5:1–6:27)<br> * Dedicating the altar (7:1-89)<br> * Setting up the lampstand (8:1-4)<br> * Setting apart the Levites (8:5–29)<br> * Second Passover; the cloud to lead them; trumpets (9:1–10:10)<br>1. Sinai to Moab, through the wilderness (10:11–17:13)<br> * Complaining and murmuring (10:11–11:15)<br> * The quails (11:16–35)<br> * Miriam’s leprosy (12:1–16)<br> * The spies selected and sent (13:1–14:45)<br> * Commands (15:1-41)<br> * Korah’s rebellion (16:1–17:13)<br>1. The Priests and purifying (18:1-19:22)<br> * Priests and Levites (18:1–32)<br> * The law about purifying (19:1–22)<br>1. Conflicts (20:1–21:35)<br> * Miriam’s death (20:1–13)<br> * Edom’s refusal and Aaron’s death (20:14–29)<br> * Journey to Moab (21:1–35)<br>1. The Plains of Moab (22:1–36:13)<br> * Balaam (22:1–24:25)<br> * Baal Peor (25:1–18)<br> * The second counting (26:1-65)<br> * Inheritance rights for daughters (27:1–11)<br> * Joshua succeeds Moses (27:12–23)<br> * Offerings and women’s vows (28:1–30:16)<br> * Midianite war (31:1–54)<br> * Across the Jordan (32:1–42)<br> * The people set up camp (33:1–56)<br> * Land west of the Jordan; cities for Levites and cities of refuge (34:1–35:34)<br> * Female heirs marry (36:1-13)<br><br>### What is the Book of Numbers about?<br><br>The Book of Numbers tells about the people of Israel as they traveled from Mount Sinai in the wilderness to the Jordan River. While traveling, the Israelites became discouraged. So they rebelled against the leaders whom God had given them. At the Jordan River, the people of Israel refused to enter the Promised Land. Because the Israelites were afraid and did not trust God, he delayed their entry into the Promised Land for forty years (13:1–14:45). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The title of this book, “Numbers,” refers to when the number of the Israelites was counted. The people of the project language may already be familiar with the name “Numbers” from other Bible versions. If not, the translator could consider a clearer name for the book, such as “The Counting of the People of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/census]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Numbers?<br><br>The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Numbers. However, at a later time, scribes and priests probably put the book into its present form. They may have included text from other sources. One such source was “the scroll of the Wars of Yahweh” (21:14).<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How does Numbers present the idea of the whole community being responsible when only a few people sinned?<br><br>The people understood and assumed that God would punish the whole community of Israel if some of the people rebelled against him. God did often punish the entire nation when some of them sinned. All of the people in the ancient Near East would have understood and expected this. However, Moses and Aaron prayed for God to punish only those who were guilty.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why does Moses speak using third person pronouns about himself?<br><br>When an author wrote about something he was involved in, it was common for him to use the pronoun “he” instead of “I,” or “they” instead of “we.” The translator may decide to use the project’s normal pronouns instead.
NUM 1 intro av14 0 # Numbers 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 1:5-15 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>### Census<br><br>They counted how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. These men would also become the heads of families. It is possible the numbers in this chapter are rounded to the nearest 100.
NUM 1 1 fr2s 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
NUM 1 1 u2p1 translate-hebrewmonths 0 the first day of the second month This is the second month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 1 1 u2p1 translate-hebrewmonths בְּאֶחָד֩ לַחֹ֨דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֜י 1 on 1 of the second month This is the **second month** of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 1 1 owqr translate-ordinal הַשֵּׁנִ֜י…הַשֵּׁנִ֗ית 1 Both occurrences of the word **second** are the ordinal forms of “two.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 1 1 ava2 translate-ordinal 0 the second year Alternate translation: “year 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 1 2 m9tq figs-explicit 0 Count them by name This means to count the men by recording their names. Alternate translation: “Count them, recording each man’s name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 1 3 p8dc translate-numbers 0 twenty years old Alternate translation: “20 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -11,13 +12,11 @@ NUM 1 4 y2qy 0 a clan head Alternate translation: “a leader of a clan”
NUM 1 4 dd67 0 serve with you Alternate translation: “help you”
NUM 1 5 gs4a translate-names 0 Elizur … Shedeur These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 1 6 m6h9 translate-names 0 Shelumiel … Zurishaddai These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 1 7 v2h6 translate-names 0 General Information: Yahweh continues to list the leaders of the tribes to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 1 10 s2ix translate-names 0 General Information: Yahweh continues to list the leaders of the tribes to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 1 12 qi27 translate-names 0 General Information: Yahweh continues to list the leaders of the tribes to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 1 16 r5lf figs-activepassive 0 the men appointed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the men whom Yahweh appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 1 17 g4kg 0 took these men Alternate translation: “gathered these men together”
NUM 1 17 tgy4 figs-activepassive 0 who were recorded by name If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whose names they had recorded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 1 18 me3i translate-hebrewmonths 0 the first day of the second month This is the second month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of April on Western calendars. See how you translated this in [Numbers 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 1 18 me3i translate-hebrewmonths בְּאֶחָד֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֔י 1 on 1 of the second month This is the **second month** of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of April on Western calendars. See how you translated this in [Numbers 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
NUM 1 18 o6il translate-ordinal הַשֵּׁנִ֔י 1 second The word **second** is the ordinal form of “two.” See how you translated this in [Numbers 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 1 18 nt8v figs-parallelism 0 Then each man … identified his ancestry. He had to name the clans and families descended from his ancestors The second sentence means basically the same thing as the first and is added for clarification. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 1 18 l763 figs-idiom 0 He had to name Here “name” means to “say.” Alternate translation: “Each man had to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 1 20 n9s3 figs-activepassive 0 were counted all the names If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they counted all the names” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -68,55 +67,57 @@ NUM 2 2 p14g 0 banners A banner is a large flag.
NUM 2 3 s1br 0 under their standard The “standards” were four larger groups that the tribes were divided into. Each standard was commanded to camp together, and was represented by a banner. See how you translated “standards” in [Numbers 2:2](../02/02.md).
NUM 2 3 d4r5 0 Nahshon son of Amminadab See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:7](../01/07.md).
NUM 2 4 wg38 translate-numbers 0 74,600 Alternate translation: “seventy-four thousand six hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 5 rk8k translate-numbers 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 5 su53 0 Nethanel son of Zuar See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:8](../01/08.md).
NUM 2 6 pvl6 0 division This is a military term for a large group of soldiers. Each tribe was its own “division.”
NUM 2 6 s8hf translate-numbers 0 54,400 men Alternate translation: “fifty-four thousand four hundred men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 7 zmt1 translate-numbers 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 7 a457 0 Eliab son of Helon See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:9](../01/09.md).
NUM 2 8 fgs1 translate-numbers 0 57,400 Alternate translation: “fifty-seven thousand four hundred.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “57,400 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 2 9 p866 translate-numbers 0 All the number … is 186,400 Alternate translation: “All the number … is one hundred and eighty-six thousand four hundred.” This number includes all of the men in the tribes that camped under the standard of Judah. Alternate translation: “The number of the men camped under the standard of Judah is 186,400” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 2 8 fgs1 translate-numbers שִׁבְעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 57,400 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “fifty-seven thousand four hundred.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 8 kceb figs-ellipsis שִׁבְעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 57,400 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 57,400 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 2 9 p866 translate-numbers מְאַ֨ת אֶ֜לֶף וּשְׁמֹנִ֥ים אֶ֛לֶף וְשֵֽׁשֶׁת־ אֲלָפִ֥ים וְאַרְבַּע־ מֵא֖וֹת 1 are 186,400 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are one hundred and eighty-six thousand four hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 9 e32j 0 the camp of Judah This refers to the three tribes that camp east of the tent of meeting: the tribes of Judah, Issachar, and Zebulun.
NUM 2 9 za2y translate-ordinal 0 They will set out first This means that when the Israelite camp moves, the camp of Judah will start walking out before the other tribes do. Alternate translation: “When travelling, the camp of Judah will start walking first” or “When the Israelites leave, those tribes will leave first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 2 10 c4fu translate-numbers 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 9 za2y figs-explicit רִאשֹׁנָ֖ה יִסָּֽעוּ 1 They will set out first This means that when the Israelite camp moves, the camp of Judah will start walking out before the other tribes do. Alternate translation: “When traveling, the camp of Judah will start walking first” or “When the Israelites leave, those tribes will leave first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 2 10 c8p1 0 under their standard The “standards” were four larger groups that the tribes were divided into. Each standard was commanded to camp together. The standards were represented by a banner. See how you translated “standards” in [Numbers 2:2](../02/02.md).
NUM 2 10 pe8q 0 Elizur son of Shedeur See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:5](../01/05.md).
NUM 2 11 nq5x translate-numbers 0 46,500 Alternate translation: “forty-six thousand five hundred.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “46,500 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 2 12 vte5 translate-numbers 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 11 nq5x translate-numbers שִׁשָּׁ֧ה וְאַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 46,500 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are forty-six thousand five hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 11 r0p4 figs-ellipsis שִׁשָּׁ֧ה וְאַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 46,500 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 46,500 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 2 12 xc17 0 Shelumiel son of Zurishaddai See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:6](../01/06.md).
NUM 2 13 qb5q translate-numbers 0 59,300 Alternate translation: “Fifty-nine thousand three hundred.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “59,300 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 2 14 udg7 translate-numbers 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 13 qb5q translate-numbers תִּשְׁעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּשְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 59,300 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are fifty-nine thousand three hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 13 d1eo figs-ellipsis תִּשְׁעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּשְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 59,300 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “59,300 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 2 14 uxf8 0 Eliasaph son of Deuel See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:14](../01/14.md).
NUM 2 15 cd9v translate-numbers 0 45,650 Alternate translation: “forty-five thousand six hundred and fifty.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “45,650 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 2 16 sz9m translate-numbers 0 The number of all the men … is 151,450 Alternate translation: “The number of all the men … is one hundred and fifty-one thousand four hundred and fifty.” This number includes all of the men in the tribes that camped under the standard of Reuben. Alternate translation: “The number of all the men camped under the standard of Reuben, according to their divisions, is 151,450” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 2 16 ti9z translate-ordinal 0 They will set out second This means that when the Israelite camp moves, the camp of Reuben will start walking out after the camp of Judah goes out. Alternate translation: “When travelling, the camp of Reuben will start walking second” or “When the Israelites leave, those tribes will leave next” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 2 15 cd9v translate-numbers חֲמִשָּׁ֤ה וְאַרְבָּעִים֙ אֶ֔לֶף וְשֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וַחֲמִשִּֽׁים 1 are 45,650 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are forty-five thousand six hundred and fifty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 15 j539 figs-ellipsis חֲמִשָּׁ֤ה וְאַרְבָּעִים֙ אֶ֔לֶף וְשֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וַחֲמִשִּֽׁים 1 are 45,650 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 45,650 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 2 16 sz9m translate-numbers מְאַ֨ת אֶ֜לֶף וְאֶחָ֨ד וַחֲמִשִּׁ֥ים אֶ֛לֶף וְאַרְבַּע־ מֵא֥וֹת וַחֲמִשִּׁ֖ים 1 are 151,450 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are one hundred and fifty-one thousand four hundred and fifty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 16 etwk figs-explicit מְאַ֨ת אֶ֜לֶף וְאֶחָ֨ד וַחֲמִשִּׁ֥ים אֶ֛לֶף וְאַרְבַּע־ מֵא֥וֹת וַחֲמִשִּׁ֖ים 1 are 151,450 This refers to the men. Alternate translation: “ are 151,450 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 2 16 ti9z translate-ordinal וּשְׁנִיִּ֖ם יִסָּֽעוּ 1 And they will set out second This means that when the Israelite camp moves, the camp of Reuben will start walking out after the camp of Judah goes out. Alternate translation: “When traveling, the camp of Reuben will start walking second” or “When the Israelites leave, those tribes will leave next” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 2 16 yg28 translate-ordinal וּשְׁנִיִּ֖ם יִסָּֽעוּ 1 And they will set out second The word **second** is the ordinal form of “two.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 2 17 a2em 0 the tent of meeting must go out … in the middle of all the camps This means that the tent of meeting must be carried by the Levites in the middle of the tribes as they travel.
NUM 2 17 b2zi 0 They must go out Alternate translation: “They” refers to the twelve tribes.
NUM 2 17 hja8 figs-synecdoche 0 by his banner Each man does not have his own personal banner; rather, this refers to the banner belonging to his tribe. Alternate translation: “by his tribe’s banner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NUM 2 18 kr3c translate-names 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 18 y3jf 0 under their standard The “standards” were four larger groups that the tribes were divided into. Each standard was commanded to camp together. The standards were represented by a banner. See how you translated “standards” in [Numbers 2:2](../02/02.md).
NUM 2 19 ai8d translate-numbers 0 40,500 Alternate translation: “Forty thousand five hundred.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “40,500 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 2 20 g8a1 translate-names 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 19 ai8d translate-numbers אַרְבָּעִ֥ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 40,500 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are forty thousand five hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 19 r0cu figs-ellipsis אַרְבָּעִ֥ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 40,500 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 40,500 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 2 20 yw3b 0 Next to them This means that the tribe of Manasseh will set out next, after the tribe of Ephraim.
NUM 2 21 jw5g translate-numbers 0 32,200 Alternate translation: “Thirty-two thousand two hundred.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “32,200 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 2 22 px3h translate-numbers 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 21 jw5g translate-numbers שְׁנַ֧יִם וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּמָאתָֽיִם 1 are 32,200 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are thirty-two thousand two hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 21 k0sv figs-ellipsis שְׁנַ֧יִם וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּמָאתָֽיִם 1 are 32,200 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 32,200 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 2 22 v4w1 0 Abidan son of Gideoni See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:11](../01/11.md).
NUM 2 23 w7su translate-numbers 0 35,400 Alternate translation: “Thirty-five thousand four hundred.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “35,400 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 2 24 b3xs translate-names 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 24 ft3h translate-numbers 0 All those numbered…108,100 Alternate translation: “All those numbered … one hundred and eight thousand one hundred.” This number includes all of the men in the tribes that camped under the standard of Ephraim. Alternate translation: “The number of the men camped under the standard of Ephraim is 108,100” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 2 24 jd35 translate-ordinal 0 They will set out third This means that when the Israelite camp moves, the camp of Ephraim will start walking out after the camp of Judah and the camp of Reuben go out. Alternate translation: “When travelling, the camp of Ephraim will start walking third” or “When the Israelites leave, those tribes will leave next” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 2 25 rxq5 translate-names 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 23 w7su translate-numbers חֲמִשָּׁ֧ה וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 35,400 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are thirty-five thousand four hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 23 ls5e figs-ellipsis חֲמִשָּׁ֧ה וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 35,400 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 35,400 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 2 24 ft3h translate-numbers מְאַ֥ת אֶ֛לֶף וּשְׁמֹֽנַת־ אֲלָפִ֥ים וּמֵאָ֖ה 1 are 108,100 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are one hundred and eight thousand one hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 24 sh4p figs-explicit מְאַ֥ת אֶ֛לֶף וּשְׁמֹֽנַת־ אֲלָפִ֥ים וּמֵאָ֖ה 1 are 108,100 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 108,100 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 2 24 jd35 translate-ordinal וּשְׁלִשִׁ֖ים יִסָּֽעוּ 1 And they will set out third The word **third** is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 2 24 bpqv figs-explicit וּשְׁלִשִׁ֖ים יִסָּֽעוּ 1 And they will set out third This means that when the Israelite camp moves, the camp of Ephraim will start walking out after the camp of Judah and the camp of Reuben go out. Alternate translation: “And when traveling, the camp of Ephraim will start walking third” or “When the Israelites leave, those tribes will leave next” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 2 25 c897 figs-explicit 0 the divisions of the camp of Dan The this refers to the divisions of Dan, Asher, and Naphthali that are under the standard of Dan. Alternate translation: “the divisions that camp under the standard of Dan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 2 25 x5gy 0 Ahiezer son of Ammishaddai See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:12](../01/12.md).
NUM 2 26 bk5e translate-numbers 0 62,700 Alternate translation: “Sixty-two thousand seven hundred.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “62,700 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 2 27 ku8j translate-numbers 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 26 bk5e translate-numbers שְׁנַ֧יִם וְשִׁשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּשְׁבַ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 62,700 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are sixty-two thousand seven hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 26 qyui figs-ellipsis שְׁנַ֧יִם וְשִׁשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּשְׁבַ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 62,700 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 62,700 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 2 27 f852 0 Pagiel son of Okran See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:13](../01/13.md).
NUM 2 28 ye8h translate-numbers 0 41,500 Alternate translation: “forty-one thousand five hundred.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “41,500 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 2 29 ij6h translate-names 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 28 ye8h translate-numbers אֶחָ֧ד וְאַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 41,500 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are forty-one thousand five hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 28 wyu0 figs-ellipsis אֶחָ֧ד וְאַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 41,500 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 41,500 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 2 29 g9h9 0 Ahira son of Enan See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:15](../01/15.md).
NUM 2 30 n9ns translate-numbers 0 53,400 Alternate translation: “fifty-three thousand four hundred.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “53,400 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 2 31 wj9y translate-names 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 31 m5mk translate-numbers 0 All those numbered…157,600 Alternate translation: “All those numbered … one hundred and fifty-seven thousand six hundred.” This number includes all of the men in the tribes that camped under the standard of Dan. Alternate translation: “The number of the men camped under the standard of Dan is 157,600” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 2 30 n9ns translate-numbers שְׁלֹשָׁ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 53,400 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are fifty-three thousand four hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 30 l1yo figs-ellipsis שְׁלֹשָׁ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 53,400 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 53,400 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 2 31 m5mk translate-numbers מְאַ֣ת אֶ֗לֶף וְשִׁבְעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְשֵׁ֣שׁ מֵא֑וֹת 1 are 157,600 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are one hundred and fifty-seven thousand six hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 31 y0ue figs-explicit מְאַ֣ת אֶ֗לֶף וְשִׁבְעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְשֵׁ֣שׁ מֵא֑וֹת 1 are 157,600 This number includes all of the men in the tribes that camped under the standard of Dan. Alternate translation: “are 157,600 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 2 32 ifg9 figs-activepassive 0 All those counted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses and Aaron counted them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 2 32 zjs1 0 by their divisions Here “their” refers to the people of Israel.
NUM 2 32 a1g3 translate-numbers 0 are 603,550 Alternate translation: “are six hundred and three thousand five hundred and fifty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -180,17 +181,18 @@ NUM 3 43 rk27 translate-numbers 0 22,273 men Alternate translation: “twenty-t
NUM 3 46 k7c3 figs-abstractnouns 0 for the redemption of The noun “redemption” can be translated with the verb “redeem.” Alternate translation: “to redeem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 3 46 asd9 translate-numbers 0 273 firstborn Alternate translation: “two hundred and seventy-three firstborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 3 46 g2tq 0 firstborn people of Israel Alternate translation: “firstborn sons of Israel”
NUM 3 46 vgw3 translate-bweight 0 five shekels A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 55 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
NUM 3 46 cyy4 0 who exceed the number of the Levites This means that there are 273 more firstborn males among the other tribes of the Israelites than there are total number of Levite males.
NUM 3 47 vgw3 translate-bmoney חֲמֵ֛שֶׁת שְׁקָלִ֖ים 1 five shekels A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 55 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
NUM 3 47 ijv4 figs-explicit 0 You must use the shekel of the sanctuary as your standard weight This means that the shekel must weight the same as those in the sanctuary. Alternate translation: “You must use the weight of the shekels in the sanctuary as your stand weight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 3 47 djw5 translate-numbers 0 twenty gerahs Alternate translation: “20 gerahs.” A gerah is a unit of weight equal to about .57 kilograms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 3 47 djw5 translate-bweight עֶשְׂרִ֥ים גֵּרָ֖ה 1 20 gerahs A **gerah** is a unit of weight equal to about .57 kilograms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 3 48 yj2l figs-metonymy 0 the price of redemption that you paid Here the word “price” refers to the shekels that Moses collected. Alternate translation: “the money that you collected for their redemption” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 3 49 qw8t figs-abstractnouns 0 of redemption from The noun “redemption” can be translated with the verb “redeem.” Alternate translation: “to redeem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 3 50 h971 translate-numbers 0 1,365 shekels Alternate translation: “one thousand three hundred and sixty-five shekels.” A shekel is 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 15 kilograms of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
NUM 3 50 h971 translate-numbers חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה וְשִׁשִּׁ֜ים וּשְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֛וֹת וָאֶ֖לֶף בְּשֶׁ֥קֶל הַקֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 1,365 by the shekel of the holy place You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “one thousand three hundred and sixty-five shekels of the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 3 50 gkvu translate-bweight חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה וְשִׁשִּׁ֜ים וּשְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֛וֹת וָאֶ֖לֶף בְּשֶׁ֥קֶל הַקֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 1,365 by the shekel of the holy place A **shekel** is 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 15 kilograms of silver according to the weight of the sanctuary shekel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 3 51 u72d 0 the redemption money This refers to the money that Moses collected.
NUM 3 51 pt1a 0 to his sons Here “his” refers to Aaron
NUM 3 51 gh9t figs-parallelism 0 he was told to do by Yahweh’s word, as Yahweh had commanded him These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 3 51 bj75 figs-activepassive 0 he was told to do by Yahweh’s word Here “Yahweh’s word” refers to Yahweh who spoke to Moses. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh had told him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 3 51 gh9t figs-parallelism עַל־ פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־ מֹשֶֽׁה 1 in accordance with the mouth of Yahweh, just as Yahweh had commanded Moses These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 3 51 n8sz figs-metonymy עַל־ פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 in accordance with the mouth of Yahweh Here, **the mouth of Yahweh** represents what Yahweh said. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 4 intro c4x5 0 # Numbers 4 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Counting the Levites by clans<br><br>Moses gave special instructions for each of the families of the tribes of Levi. Each family was given a special role in the ministry of the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
NUM 4 2 png1 0 Kohath See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 3:17](../03/17.md).
NUM 4 3 j52n translate-numbers 0 thirty to fifty years old Alternate translation: “30 to 50 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -220,7 +222,8 @@ NUM 4 15 v6kc 0 Kohath See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 3:
NUM 4 15 qmf7 0 the holy instruments Alternate translation: “the holy equipment”
NUM 4 16 u5dz figs-metonymy 0 the oil for the light Here the word “light” is used to refer to the “lamps.” Alternate translation: “the oil for the lamps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 4 16 f9nu figs-abstractnouns 0 the care of Here If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **care**, you could express the same idea with a verb. Alternate translation: “those who care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 4 18 aq3k figs-activepassive 0 to be removed from among the Levites This phrase refers to the death of the Kohathites. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to do anything that will cause me to completely remove them from among the Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 4 18 aq3k figs-explicit אַל־ תַּכְרִ֕יתוּ אֶת־ שֵׁ֖בֶט מִשְׁפְּחֹ֣ת הַקְּהָתִ֑י מִתּ֖וֹךְ הַלְוִיִּֽם 1 Do not let the tribe of the clans of the Kohathite be cut off from the midst of the Levites This phrase refers to the death of the Kohathites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 4 18 nvnd figs-activepassive אַל־ תַּכְרִ֕יתוּ אֶת־ שֵׁ֖בֶט מִשְׁפְּחֹ֣ת הַקְּהָתִ֑י מִתּ֖וֹךְ הַלְוִיִּֽם 1 Do not let the tribe of the clans of the Kohathite be cut off from the midst of the Levites If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not do anything that will cause me to completely remove the tribe of the clans of the Kohathite from among the Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 4 19 tb7z 0 by doing this This phrase refers to what Yahweh says next. Moses will protect the Kohathites by not allowing them to go in and see the holy place.
NUM 4 20 lz4b 0 Kohathites This refers to the descendants of Kohath. See how you translated this in [Numbers 3:27](../03/27.md).
NUM 4 20 mv2t figs-parallelism 0 to his work, to his special tasks These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@ -259,7 +262,8 @@ NUM 4 39 vg68 translate-numbers 0 from thirty to fifty years old Alternate tran
NUM 4 39 zr98 figs-explicit 0 everyone who would join the company Here the word “would” does not mean that the men “chose” to join the company but rather that they were “assigned” to the company. Alternate translation: “everyone who was assigned to join the company” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 4 39 tm83 0 join the company to serve in the tent of meeting The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:3](../04/03.md).
NUM 4 40 hqz7 figs-activepassive 0 counted by their clans If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Moses and Aaron counted by their clans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 4 40 sjj3 translate-numbers 0 2,630 Alternate translation: “two thousand six hundred and thirty.” This refers to 2,630 men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 4 40 sjj3 figs-ellipsis אַלְפַּ֕יִם וְשֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וּשְׁלֹשִֽׁים 1 2,630 This refers to 2,630 men. Alternate translation: “2,630 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 4 40 uktq translate-numbers אַלְפַּ֕יִם וְשֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וּשְׁלֹשִֽׁים 1 2,630 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “two thousand six hundred and thirty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 4 41 h4xt 0 they obeyed The word “they” refers to Moses and Aaron.
NUM 4 42 pq72 figs-activepassive 0 The descendants of Merari were counted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses and Aaron counted the descendants of Merari” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 4 43 s8f4 translate-numbers 0 from thirty to fifty years old Alternate translation: “from 30 to 50 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -296,21 +300,19 @@ NUM 5 10 lhj2 figs-parallelism 0 The offerings of every person will be for the
NUM 5 11 abw4 figs-hypo 0 The words “Suppose that a man’s wife turns away” begin a long description of a hypothetical situation, something that has not happened but might happen. Yahweh tells Moses what to do if it does happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
NUM 5 12 k4g2 figs-idiom 0 a man’s wife turns away This means that she goes away from him and is unfaithful to him. Alternate translation: “a man’s wife is unfaithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 5 12 q94c figs-explicit 0 sins against her husband This means that she is unfaithful to her husband and sins against him by sleeping with another man. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “sins against her husband by sleeping with another man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 5 13 m1gc 0 Connecting Statement: Moses continues to describe the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md).
NUM 5 13 g1e7 figs-euphemism 0 If a man lies with her This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “If a man has sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
NUM 5 13 zj57 0 her the woman who turns away and sins against her husband ([Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md))
NUM 5 13 wj6d figs-explicit 0 in the act This refers to the act of adultery. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “in the act of adultery” or “sleeping with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 5 14 w516 figs-activepassive 0 his wife is defiled … his wife is not defiled These phrases can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “his wife has defiled herself … his wife has not defiled herself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 5 14 tk8e figs-metonymy 0 a spirit of jealousy might still inform the husband Here the word “spirit” refers to a person’s attitude and emotions. His “jealously” is spoken of as if it were a person who spoke to him. Alternate translation: “the husband might feel jealous and become suspicious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NUM 5 14 b5q4 figs-metonymy 0 a spirit of jealousy might falsely come on a man Here the word “spirit” refers to a person’s attitude and emotions. The idea of the spirit “coming on him” means that he began to have these jealous feelings. Alternate translation: “a man might feel jealous for no reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 5 14 tk8e figs-metonymy וְעָבַ֨ר עָלָ֧יו רֽוּחַ־ קִנְאָ֛ה…עָבַ֨ר עָלָ֤יו רֽוּחַ־ קִנְאָה֙ 1 and a spirit of jealousy passes over upon him … a spirit of jealousy comes over upon him Here the word **spirit** refers to a person’s attitude and emotions. Alternate translation: “the husband might feel jealous and become suspicious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 5 14 vitt figs-personification וְעָבַ֨ר עָלָ֧יו רֽוּחַ־ קִנְאָ֛ה…עָבַ֨ר עָלָ֤יו רֽוּחַ־ קִנְאָה֙ 1 and a spirit of jealousy passes over upon him … a spirit of jealousy comes over upon him The man's **jealously** is spoken of as if it were a person who spoke to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NUM 5 14 b5q4 figs-idiom וְעָבַ֨ר עָלָ֧יו רֽוּחַ־ קִנְאָ֛ה…עָבַ֨ר עָלָ֤יו רֽוּחַ־ קִנְאָה֙ 1 and a spirit of jealousy passes over upon him … a spirit of jealousy comes over upon him The idea of the spirit “coming on him” means that he began to have these jealous feelings. Alternate translation: “and a man might feel jealous … a man might feel jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 5 15 n2k7 0 Connecting Statement: Moses begins to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
NUM 5 15 cpv6 translate-fraction 0 a tenth This is one part out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
NUM 5 15 h7qc translate-bvolume 0 a tenth of an ephah This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “a tenth of an ephah (which is about 2 liters)” or “2 liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 5 15 rqv9 0 a grain offering of jealousy Alternate translation: “a grain offering for jealousy”
NUM 5 15 hlz4 0 a reminder of the iniquity A “reminder” is something that shows evidence that something had occurred that required justice. In this case, he made the offering to determine whether his wife had committed adultery or not.
NUM 5 16 x3rd 0 Connecting Statement: Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
NUM 5 16 b35g figs-explicit 0 near and place her before Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh.” The priest would bring her near the altar. Alternate translation: “near the altar and place her in the presence of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 5 18 yt9w 0 Connecting Statement: Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
NUM 5 18 nx25 0 before Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh”
NUM 5 18 pji2 0 grain offering of suspicion See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 5:15](../05/15.md).
NUM 5 19 hjz9 figs-euphemism 0 no other man has lain with you This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “no other man has had sexual relations with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@ -318,21 +320,17 @@ NUM 5 19 xw4y figs-idiom 0 if you have not gone astray The words “gone astray
NUM 5 19 t3qy 0 and committed impurity Alternate translation: “by committing impurity.” This phrase refers to committing adultery.
NUM 5 19 e97n figs-idiom 0 you will be free from this bitter water The phrase to “be free” from something means to not be harmed by it. Alternate translation: “this bitter water will not harm you, though it is able to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 5 19 tdr3 figs-personification 0 this bitter water that can bring a curse Here the bitter water is described as being able to bring a curse. This means that when the woman drinks the water it cause her to be unable to bear children, if she is guilty. Alternate translation: “this bitter water can be a curse to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NUM 5 20 i4xw 0 Connecting Statement: Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
NUM 5 20 ulh8 figs-idiom 0 have gone astray The words “gone astray” is an idiom that means “to be unfaithful.” Alternate translation: “have been unfaithful to your husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 5 21 p7jm figs-idiom 0 that can bring down a curse on her The phrase “bring down a curse” is an idiom meaning for a curse to come upon her. Alternate translation: “that can cause a curse to come upon her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 5 21 z7wf figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh will make you into a curse … your people to be such Here the author speaks about the woman bearing the curse that Yahweh gives her, which causes other people to curse her. This is spoken of as if the woman herself becomes a curse. Alternate translation: “Because Yahweh curses you, other people will curse you as well, and Yahweh will show people that you are truly cursed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 5 21 d46k figs-activepassive 0 that will be shown to your people to be such If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that he will show to your people as a curse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 5 21 qcf7 0 your thigh to waste away and your abdomen to swell This could mean: (1) that the woman will become unable to have children or (2) that the woman’s pregnancy will end too early and the baby will die.
NUM 5 21 b27i figs-euphemism 0 your thigh to waste away Here the word “thigh” is a polite way of referring to the woman’s womb or her private parts. Alternate translation: “your womb to be useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
NUM 5 23 lqe7 0 Connecting Statement: Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
NUM 5 23 rp5w 0 he must wash away the written curses This means that he is to wash the ink off of the scroll.
NUM 5 23 k7qn figs-activepassive 0 the written curses If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the curses he has written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 5 24 wm1q 0 General Information: Verse 24 explains in a general way what the priest must do and what is expected to happen when the woman drinks the water. Verse 25 and 26 explains in detail how the priest is to do this work. The priest gives the water to the woman and she drinks it only once.
NUM 5 24 h9gn 0 Connecting Statement: Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
NUM 5 25 kuh3 0 grain offering of jealousy Alternate translation: “a grain offering for jealousy.” See how you translated this in [Numbers 5:15](../05/15.md).
NUM 5 26 tvx7 0 a representative offering The handful of the grain offering represents the whole grain offering. This means the whole offering belongs to Yahweh.
NUM 5 27 jf5e 0 Connecting Statement: Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
NUM 5 27 eld4 figs-activepassive 0 if she is defiled because she has committed This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “if she has defined herself by committing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 5 27 dzq6 figs-explicit 0 committed a sin Here the “sin” refers specifically to committing adultery. The meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “committed adultery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 5 27 c4b4 figs-euphemism 0 Her abdomen will swell and her thigh will waste away This could mean: (1) that the woman will become unable to have children or (2) that the woman’s pregnancy will end too early and the baby will die. Here the word “thigh” is a polite way of referring to the woman’s womb or her private parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) See how you translated these concepts in [Numbers 5:21](../05/21.md).
@ -341,14 +339,12 @@ NUM 5 28 y738 figs-activepassive 0 is not defiled If your language does not use
NUM 5 28 g4sp figs-metaphor 0 if she is clean Here “being innocent” is spoken of as “being clean.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 5 28 qh3a figs-explicit 0 then she must be free This could mean: (1) “then she will not be cursed” or (2) “then she is free from guilt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 5 28 ud3t 0 conceive children Alternate translation: “become pregnant”
NUM 5 29 r1im 0 Connecting Statement: Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
NUM 5 29 l3rj 0 the law of jealousy Alternate translation: “the law for dealing with jealousy”
NUM 5 29 eb5l figs-idiom 0 who strays away from her husband The words “strays away” is an idiom that means “to be unfaithful.” Alternate translation: “who is unfaithful to her husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 5 29 a7s5 figs-activepassive 0 is defiled If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “defiles herself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 5 30 qqc6 figs-metonymy 0 a spirit of jealousy This phrase refers to the man’s attitude and emotions of jealousy. See how you translated this in [Numbers 5:14](../05/14.md). Alternate translation: “who is jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 5 30 in48 figs-idiom 0 when he is jealous of his wife This is an idiom that means that he suspects that his wife has been unfaithful to him by sleeping with another man. Alternate translation: “and suspects that his wife has been unfaithful to him” or “and suspects that his wife has slept with another man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 5 30 lwf7 0 before Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh”
NUM 5 31 xzp4 0 Connecting Statement: Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
NUM 5 31 by7a 0 will be free from guilt for bringing his wife to the priest Alternate translation: “will not be guilty of doing something wrong by bringing his wife to the priest”
NUM 5 31 jq87 0 must bear Alternate translation: “must endure”
NUM 6 intro v9bp 0 # Numbers 6 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Nazirite vow<br>The Nazirite vow was a special type of vow between a person and Yahweh. This chapter gives the rules for people to be consecrated to God as Nazirites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]])
@ -364,7 +360,8 @@ NUM 6 4 up7t figs-activepassive 0 nothing that is made from grapes If your lang
NUM 6 4 clz1 figs-merism 0 from the seeds to their skins These two extremes are given to emphasize the entire grape may not be eaten. Alternate translation: “from any part of a grape” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
NUM 6 5 tyv2 figs-idiom 0 vow of separation This is an idiom. Here “separation” means “dedication” Alternate translation: “vow of dedication” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 6 5 nb5a figs-activepassive 0 no razor is to be used on his head If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one is to use a razor on his head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 6 5 izs6 figs-abstractnouns 0 the days of his separation to Yahweh The word “separation” is an abstract noun that can be expressed as a verb. Here “separation” is an idiom that means “dedication.” Alternate translation: “the days that he has separated himself to Yahweh” or “the days that he has dedicated himself to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 6 5 izs6 figs-idiom יְמֵי֙ נֶ֣דֶר נִזְר֔וֹ 1 the days of the vow of his separation Here, **separation** is an idiom that means “dedication.” Alternate translation: “the days of the vow of his dedication” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 6 5 zvr4 figs-abstractnouns יְמֵי֙ נֶ֣דֶר נִזְר֔וֹ 1 the days of the vow of his separation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word ** separation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the days that he has promised to dedicated himself to Yahweh” or “the days that he has promised to serve Yahweh”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 6 5 qjl8 figs-activepassive 0 to Yahweh are fulfilled If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to Yahweh are complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 6 5 mba5 figs-activepassive 0 He must be set apart to Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He must set himself apart to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 6 6 jjz3 figs-idiom 0 separates This is an idiom for dedication. Alternate translation: “dedicates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -381,7 +378,8 @@ NUM 6 12 afu4 0 for the days of his consecration Alternate translation: “dur
NUM 6 12 mf7y figs-explicit 0 He must bring a male lamb … as a guilt offering The man is to bring the lamb to the priest so that it can be sacrificed. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “He must bring a male lamb one year old to the priest as a guilt offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 6 12 kt7i figs-activepassive 0 The days before he defiled himself must not be counted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He must not count the days before he defiled himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 6 12 da8t figs-activepassive 0 his consecration was defiled If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he defiled himself” or “he made himself unacceptable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 6 13 q7eh figs-idiom 0 of his separation Here “separation” means “dedication.” Also, this abstract noun can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “of his dedication” or “that he has dedicated himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] or [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 6 13 siwl figs-idiom יְמֵ֣י נִזְר֔וֹ 1 the days of his separation Here, **separation** is an idiom that means “dedication.” Alternate translation: “the days of his dedication” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 6 13 q7eh figs-abstractnouns יְמֵ֣י נִזְר֔וֹ 1 the days of his separation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word ** separation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the days when he dedicates himself to Yahweh” or “the period when he has served Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 6 13 k6an figs-activepassive 0 He must be brought If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone must bring him” or “He must go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 6 14 p848 figs-explicit 0 He must present his offering to Yahweh He must bring his offering to the priest to be sacrificed to Yahweh. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “He must present his offering to Yahweh by bringing it to the priest to be sacrificed” or “He must present his offering to Yahweh by bringing it to the priest who will sacrifice it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 6 15 xq3r figs-activepassive 0 bread made without yeast If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “bread he made without yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -392,14 +390,16 @@ NUM 6 15 msp8 figs-explicit 0 together with their grain offering and drink offe
NUM 6 16 f2x5 0 He must offer his sin offering Alternate translation: “He” refers to the priest and “his” refers to the man who took a vow.
NUM 6 17 ge1q 0 the fellowship offering Alternate translation: “as the fellowship offering”
NUM 6 17 d7zf figs-ellipsis 0 The priest must present also … drink offering You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “The priest must present also … the drink offering to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 6 18 x9jb figs-idiom 0 indicating his separation Here “separation” means “dedication.” Also, this abstract noun may be written as a verb. Alternate translation: “indicating his dedication” or “indicating how he has separated himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 6 18 x9jb figs-idiom נִזְר֑וֹ…נִזְר֔וֹ 1 his separation … his separation Here, **his separation** is an idiom that means “his dedication.” Alternate translation: “indicating his dedication … indicating his dedication” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 6 18 rrkq figs-abstractnouns נִזְר֑וֹ…נִזְר֔וֹ 1 his separation … his separation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind both instances of the word **separation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “indicating how he has separated himself … indicating how he has separated himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 6 19 h5f8 figs-activepassive 0 the boiled shoulder of the ram This means that he had boiled the ram’s shoulder. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the shoulder of the ram that he boiled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 6 19 ia1k figs-idiom 0 indicating separation Here “separation” means “dedication.” Also, this abstract noun can be expressed with the verb “separated.” Alternate translation: “indicating dedication” or “indicating that he has dedicated himself to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 6 20 izv4 figs-explicit 0 The priest must wave them After handing the items to the Nazirite, the priest takes them back to offer them to Yahweh. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Then the priest must take them back and wave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 6 20 vm26 0 together with Alternate translation: “as well as”
NUM 6 20 nr52 figs-activepassive 0 that was waved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the priest waved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 6 20 bvx2 figs-activepassive 0 that was presented If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that he presented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 6 21 bzm4 figs-idiom 0 his separation Here “separation” means “dedication.” Also, this abstract noun may be written as a verb. Alternate translation: “his dedication” or “for having dedicated himself to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 6 21 bzm4 figs-idiom נִזְר֔וֹ…נִזְרֽוֹ 1 his separation … his separation Here, **separation** is an idiom that means “dedication.” Alternate translation: “his dedication … his dedication” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 6 21 cz8k figs-abstractnouns נִזְר֔וֹ…נִזְרֽוֹ 1 his separation … his separation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **separation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “having dedicated himself to Yahweh … having dedicated himself to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 6 21 emt3 figs-explicit 0 Whatever else he may give This refers to the Nazirite deciding to give other offering beyond what he has been commanded to give. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “If he decides to give any additional offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 6 21 ngu2 0 he must keep the obligations of the vow he has taken Alternate translation: “he must still obey the requirements of the vow he has taken”
NUM 6 21 vb7m figs-parallelism 0 he must keep the obligations … to keep the promise indicated by the law for the Nazirite These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined to emphasize that he must obey the obligations of his vow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@ -435,8 +435,8 @@ NUM 7 10 rb3w 0 offered their goods Alternate translation: “offered gifts”
NUM 7 11 lk14 0 Each leader must offer on his own day his sacrifice Alternate translation: “Each day, one leader must offer his sacrifice”
NUM 7 12 wdb3 translate-ordinal 0 the first day Alternate translation: “day 1” or “day number 1” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 7 12 jd7k 0 Nahshon son of Amminadab These are the names of men. See how you translated these names in [Numbers 1:7](../01/07.md)
NUM 7 13 fr64 translate-numbers 0 weighing 130 shekels Alternate translation: “weighing one hundred and thirty shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 13 j1gr translate-bweight 0 one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 13 fr64 translate-bweight שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ 1 its weight was 130 If necessary, this weight can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 13 j1gr translate-bweight שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל 1 one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels If necessary, this weight can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 13 rk4y translate-bweight 0 by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. If you are converting the weights to modern measures, here is another way to translate this phrase. Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 13 ymy3 figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 7 14 h5g8 translate-bweight 0 one gold dish that weighed ten shekels If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “one gold dish that weighed one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish that weighed 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@ -445,7 +445,8 @@ NUM 7 17 qye7 0 This was the sacrifice of Nahshon son of Amminadab Alternate t
NUM 7 17 q99s 0 Nahshon son of Amminadab See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:7](../01/07.md).
NUM 7 18 k818 translate-ordinal 0 the second day Alternate translation: “day 2” or “day number 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 7 18 s55k 0 Nethanel son of Zuar See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:8](../01/08.md).
NUM 7 19 fv6a translate-bweight 0 one silver platter weighing 130 shekels If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 19 fv6a translate-bweight שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ 1 its weight was 130 See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 19 xung translate-bweight שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל 1 70 shekels See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 19 hdb1 translate-bweight 0 one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 19 m81x translate-bweight 0 by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 19 tdm6 figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -455,8 +456,8 @@ NUM 7 23 j6wy 0 This was the sacrifice of Nethanel son of Zuar Alternate trans
NUM 7 23 vbr4 0 Nethanel son of Zuar See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:8](../01/08.md).
NUM 7 24 nuy5 translate-ordinal 0 the third day Alternate translation: “day 3” or “day number 3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 7 24 f2sl 0 Eliab son of Helon See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:9](../01/09.md).
NUM 7 25 p6jj translate-bweight 0 one silver platter weighing 130 shekels If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 25 dxz3 translate-bweight 0 one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 25 p6jj translate-bweight שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ 1 its weight was 130 See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 25 dxz3 translate-bweight שִׁבְעִ֥ים 1 70 shekels See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 25 jbg9 translate-bweight 0 by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 25 c6eu figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 7 26 e1hp translate-bweight 0 one gold dish weighing ten shekels If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@ -465,8 +466,8 @@ NUM 7 29 u9we 0 This was the sacrifice of Eliab son of Helon Alternate transla
NUM 7 29 m62d 0 Eliab son of Helon See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:9](../01/09.md).
NUM 7 30 g7np translate-ordinal 0 the fourth day Alternate translation: “day 4” or “day number 4” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 7 30 i4g9 0 Elizur son of Shedeur See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:5](../01/05.md).
NUM 7 31 z13a translate-bweight 0 one silver platter weighing 130 shekels If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 31 x59n translate-bweight 0 one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 31 z13a translate-bweight שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ 1 its weight was 130 See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 31 x59n translate-bweight שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל 1 70 shekels \nSee how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 31 ccm9 translate-bweight 0 by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 31 xme1 figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 7 32 ce94 translate-bweight 0 one gold dish weighing ten shekels If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@ -475,8 +476,8 @@ NUM 7 35 axj1 0 This was the sacrifice of Elizur son of Shedeur Alternate tran
NUM 7 35 dp1x 0 Elizur son of Shedeur See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:5](../01/05.md).
NUM 7 36 t1iw translate-ordinal 0 the fifth day Alternate translation: “day 5” or “day number 5” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 7 36 vd7n 0 Shelumiel son of Zurishaddai See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:6](../01/06.md).
NUM 7 37 l2gt translate-bweight 0 one silver platter weighing 130 shekels If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 37 ui86 translate-bweight 0 one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 37 l2gt translate-bweight ֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ 1 its weight was 130 See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 37 ui86 translate-bweight בְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל 1 70 shekels See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 37 kj44 translate-bweight 0 by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 37 ekt1 figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 7 38 d1vh translate-bweight 0 one gold dish weighing ten shekels If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@ -485,8 +486,8 @@ NUM 7 41 p15a translate-names 0 This was the sacrifice of Shelumiel son of Zuri
NUM 7 41 xhm1 0 Shelumiel son of Zurishaddai See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:6](../01/06.md).
NUM 7 42 uxi5 translate-ordinal 0 the sixth day Alternate translation: “day 6” or “day number 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 7 42 h5ih 0 Eliasaph son of Deuel See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:14](../01/14.md).
NUM 7 43 e7hj translate-bweight 0 one silver platter weighing 130 shekels If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 43 dv3m translate-bweight 0 one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 43 e7hj translate-bweight ים וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ 1 its weight was 130 See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 43 dv3m translate-bweight שִׁבְעִ֥ים 1 70 shekels See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 43 ms6n translate-bweight 0 by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 43 b9rg figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 7 44 dg5u translate-bweight 0 one gold dish weighing ten shekels If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@ -495,8 +496,8 @@ NUM 7 47 xa33 0 This was the sacrifice of Eliasaph son of Deuel Alternate tran
NUM 7 47 ypc1 0 Eliasaph son of Deuel See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:14](../01/14.md).
NUM 7 48 s1nr translate-ordinal 0 the seventh day Alternate translation: “day 7” or “day number 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 7 48 v3m7 0 Elishama son of Ammihud See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:10](../01/10.md).
NUM 7 49 kx1k translate-bweight 0 one silver platter weighing 130 shekels If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 49 rk8e translate-bweight 0 one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 49 kx1k translate-bweight ִ֣ים וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ 1 its weight was 130 See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 49 rk8e translate-bweight שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל 1 70 shekels See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 49 jyg2 translate-bweight 0 by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 49 is9v figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 7 50 jad5 translate-bweight 0 one gold dish weighing ten shekels If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@ -505,8 +506,8 @@ NUM 7 53 f8vp 0 This was the sacrifice of Elishama son of Ammihud Alternate tr
NUM 7 53 e3cx 0 Elishama son of Ammihud See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:10](../01/10.md).
NUM 7 54 n5zk translate-ordinal 0 the eighth day Alternate translation: “day 8” or “day number 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 7 54 qnm9 0 Gamaliel son of Pedahzur See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:10](../01/10.md).
NUM 7 55 guv1 translate-bweight 0 one silver platter weighing 130 shekels If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 55 acb7 translate-bweight 0 one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 55 guv1 translate-bweight ם וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ 1 its weight was 130 See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 55 acb7 translate-bweight שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל 1 70 shekels See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 55 qj3k translate-bweight 0 by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 55 w1s9 figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 7 56 m26n translate-bweight 0 one gold dish weighing ten shekels If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@ -515,8 +516,8 @@ NUM 7 59 z3ed 0 This was the sacrifice of Gamaliel son of Pedahzur Alternate t
NUM 7 59 ixg3 0 Gamaliel son of Pedahzur See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:10](../01/10.md).
NUM 7 60 d8hi translate-ordinal 0 the ninth day Alternate translation: “day 9” or “day number 9” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 7 60 h4gl 0 Abidan son of Gideoni See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:11](../01/11.md).
NUM 7 61 wl2g translate-bweight 0 one silver platter weighing 130 shekels If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 61 gv7x translate-bweight 0 one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 61 wl2g translate-bweight ֣ים וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָ 1 its weight was 130 See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 61 gv7x translate-bweight ְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל 1 70 shekels See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 61 r94v translate-bweight 0 by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 61 aq7k figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mingled with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 7 62 c8nr translate-bweight 0 one gold dish weighing ten shekels If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@ -525,8 +526,8 @@ NUM 7 65 c2xx 0 This was the sacrifice of Abidan son of Gideoni Alternate tran
NUM 7 65 m2n5 0 Abidan son of Gideoni See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:11](../01/11.md).
NUM 7 66 dcq5 translate-ordinal 0 the tenth day Alternate translation: “day 10” or “day number 10” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 7 66 k329 0 Ahiezer son of Ammishaddai See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:12](../01/12.md).
NUM 7 67 mjj5 translate-bweight 0 one silver platter weighing 130 shekels If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 67 xch4 translate-bweight 0 one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 67 mjj5 translate-bweight וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ 1 its weight was 130 See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 67 xch4 translate-bweight שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל 1 70 shekels See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 67 c418 translate-bweight 0 by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 67 z7wh figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 7 68 vq1y translate-bweight 0 one gold dish weighing ten shekels If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@ -535,8 +536,8 @@ NUM 7 71 p2p9 0 This was the sacrifice of Ahiezer son of Ammishaddai Alternate
NUM 7 71 k6u1 0 Ahiezer son of Ammishaddai See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:12](../01/12.md).
NUM 7 72 k86c translate-ordinal 0 the eleventh day Alternate translation: “day 11” or “day number 11” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 7 72 sk51 0 Pagiel son of Okran See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:13](../01/13.md).
NUM 7 73 tj2a translate-bweight 0 one silver platter weighing 130 shekels If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 73 jnf2 translate-bweight 0 one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 73 tj2a translate-bweight וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ 1 its weight was 130 See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 73 jnf2 translate-bweight ִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל 1 70 shekels See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 73 bxh3 translate-bweight 0 by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 73 vra2 figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mingled with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 7 74 s3qc translate-bweight 0 one gold dish weighing ten shekels If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@ -544,8 +545,8 @@ NUM 7 77 h23u 0 that were a year old Alternate translation: “that were each
NUM 7 77 ql5z translate-names 0 This was the sacrifice of Pagiel son of Okran Alternate translation: “This was what Pagiel son of Okran gave as a sacrifice.” “Pagiel” and “Okran” were names of men. See how you translated their names in [Numbers 1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 7 78 ki2v translate-ordinal 0 the twelfth day Alternate translation: “day 12” or “day number 12” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 7 78 ge9i 0 Ahira son of Enan See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:15](../01/15.md).
NUM 7 79 hn31 translate-bweight 0 one silver platter weighing 130 shekels If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 79 k7zr translate-bweight 0 one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 79 hn31 translate-bweight וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ 1 its weight was 130 See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 79 k7zr translate-bweight שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל 1 70 shekels See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 79 dle1 translate-bweight 0 by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 79 bkj8 figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 7 80 sw79 translate-bweight 0 one gold dish weighing ten shekels If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@ -554,14 +555,14 @@ NUM 7 83 aeg9 0 This was the sacrifice of Ahira son of Enan Alternate translat
NUM 7 83 k2xr 0 Ahira son of Enan See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:15](../01/15.md).
NUM 7 84 r8s7 figs-idiom 0 set all these apart The phrase “set apart” means to be dedicated to a specific purpose. In this case, the offerings were dedicated to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 7 84 m93s 0 on the day that Moses anointed the altar Here the word “day” refers to a general period of time. The leaders of Israel dedicated these things over the course of 12 days. Alternate translation: “when Moses anointed the altar”
NUM 7 85 mxb7 translate-bweight 0 Each silver platter weighed 130 shekels If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated this same weight in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “each silver platter weighed nearly one and a half kilograms” or “each silver platter weighed one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 85 f75w translate-bweight 0 each bowl weighed seventy shekels Alternate translation: “each bowl weighted 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weight can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated this same weight in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “each bowl weighed nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “each bowl weighed 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 85 mxb7 translate-bweight שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וּמֵאָ֗ה 1 was 130 See how you translated **was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “was 130 shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 85 f75w translate-bweight וְשִׁבְעִ֖ים הַמִּזְרָ֣ק הָאֶחָ֑ד 1 and one bowl was 70 See how you translated “70 shekels” in [7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “was 70 shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 85 byk4 translate-numbers 0 2,400 shekels Alternate translation: “two thousand four hundred shekels” or “twenty-four hundred shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 85 wul3 translate-bweight 0 by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 85 dg3s 0 All the silver vessels weighed Alternate translation: “All the silver vessels together weighed”
NUM 7 85 y3m8 0 the silver vessels This refers to all of the offerings that were made of silver, both the platters and the bowls.
NUM 7 86 c3sw 0 All the gold dishes weighed Alternate translation: “All the gold dishes together weighed”
NUM 7 86 ww9i translate-bweight 0 Each of the twelve gold dishes … weighed ten shekels Alternate translation: “Each of the 12 gold dishes … weighed 10 shekels.” If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “Each of the 12 gold dishes … weighed one tenth of a kilogram” or “Each of the 12 gold dishes … weighed 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 86 ww9i translate-bweight עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּמֵאָֽה 1 was 120 If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “was one tenth of a kilogram” or “weighed 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 86 pb2y translate-numbers 0 120 shekels Alternate translation: “one hundred and twenty shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 87 vdl4 translate-numbers 0 twelve Alternate translation: “12.” This number may be written with a numeral instead of with a word. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 88 xp2v translate-numbers 0 twenty-four … sixty Alternate translation: “24…60.” These numbers may be written with numerals instead of with words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -606,9 +607,9 @@ NUM 8 24 ygl7 0 All of this is for the Levites Alternate translation: “All o
NUM 8 24 q65x translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years old Alternate translation: “25 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 8 24 l8m6 0 must join the company to serve in the tent of meeting The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:3](../04/03.md).
NUM 8 25 hw8k translate-numbers 0 at the age of fifty years Alternate translation: “at 50 years old” or “when they become 50 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 9 intro p8ra 0 # Numbers 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==Passover ==<br><br>This chapter records the celebration of the Passover for the first time since it began. The people kept the Passover as directed by the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
NUM 9 intro p8ra 0 # Numbers 9 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Passover\n\nThis chapter records the celebration of the Passover for the first time since it began. The people kept the Passover as directed by the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
NUM 9 1 zi29 translate-ordinal 0 in the first month of the second year after they came out from the land of Egypt This means that they had come out of Egypt a year earlier. They were beginning their second year in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 9 1 w91f translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God brought the people of Israel out of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 9 1 w91f translate-hebrewmonths בַּחֹ֥דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֖וֹן 1 in the first month This is the **first month** of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God brought the people of Israel out of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
NUM 9 1 ku29 figs-idiom 0 after they came out from the land of Egypt Here “they” refers to the people of Israel. The phrase “came out” means to leave. Alternate translation: “after they left the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 9 2 c6gr figs-explicit 0 Let the people … at its fixed time of year The word “fixed” means “previously set.” This means that this is when the observe it every year. Alternate translation: “Let the people … at the time of year they currently observe it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 9 3 vk82 figs-explicit 0 On the fourteenth day … at its fixed time of year This is the set time of year that they celebrate the Passover. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “On the fourteenth day … and observe it, for this is the time you do celebrate it every year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -616,7 +617,7 @@ NUM 9 3 an5n translate-ordinal 0 the fourteenth day Alternate translation: “d
NUM 9 3 bb9q figs-parallelism 0 follow all the regulations, and obey all the decrees These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined to emphasize that they needed to obey the commands. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 9 3 p35m figs-idiom 0 You must keep it Here the phrase “keep it” is an idiom which means to observe it. Alternate translation: “You must observe it” or “You must celebrate it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 9 4 zr42 figs-idiom 0 keep the Festival of the Passover Here the word “keep” means to observe. Alternate translation: “observe the Festival of the Passover” or “celebrate the Festival of the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 9 5 q5mv translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the first month, on the fourteenth day of the month Alternate translation: “on day 14 of the first month.” This refers to time in the Jewish calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 9 5 q5mv translate-hebrewmonths בָּרִאשׁ֡וֹן בְּאַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֥וֹם לַחֹ֛דֶשׁ 1 in the first, on day 14 of the month This refers to time in the Jewish calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
NUM 9 6 n99k figs-explicit 0 became unclean by the body of a dead man This implies that they touched the dead man, which made them unclean. You can make clear the full meaning of this statement. Alternate translation: “became unclean because they touched the body of a dead man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 9 6 fh1w figs-metaphor 0 unclean A person who God considers spiritually unacceptable or defiled is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 9 6 uhc8 figs-idiom 0 keep the Passover Here the word “keep” means to observe. Alternate translation: “observe the Passover” or “celebrate the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -627,14 +628,15 @@ NUM 9 10 t4tm figs-metaphor 0 unclean A person who God considers spiritually un
NUM 9 10 z9zw figs-explicit 0 because of a dead body This refers to someone touching a dead body. Alternate translation: “because you have touched a dead body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 9 10 r2yt figs-idiom 0 keep the Passover Here the word “keep” means to observe. Alternate translation: “observe the Passover” or “celebrate the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 9 11 y3qa figs-idiom 0 eat the Passover Here the word “eat” means to observe. Alternate translation: “observe the Passover” or “celebrate the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 9 11 s5xb translate-hebrewmonths 0 the second month on the fourteenth day Alternate translation: “day 14 of month 2.” This refers to time in the Jewish calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 9 11 s5xb translate-hebrewmonths בַּחֹ֨דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֜י בְּאַרְבָּעָ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר י֛וֹם 1 in the second month on day 14 This refers to time in the Jewish calendar. Alternate translation: “day 14 of month 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
NUM 9 11 mks7 0 at evening Alternate translation: “at sunset”
NUM 9 11 jjy6 0 with bread that is made without yeast Alternate translation: “with bread that contains no yeast”
NUM 9 11 p8in 0 bitter herbs These are small plants that have a strong and usually bad taste.
NUM 9 12 p3rh 0 or break any of its bones Alternate translation: “and they must not break any of its bones”
NUM 9 13 w4fs figs-metaphor 0 any person who is clean A person who God considers spiritually acceptable is spoken of as if the person were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 9 13 we52 figs-idiom 0 keep the Passover Here the word “keep” means to observe. Alternate translation: “observe the Passover” or “celebrate the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 9 13 vx69 figs-metaphor 0 that person must be cut off Here the phrase “cut off” means to be disowned and sent away. Alternate translation: “that person must be sent away” or “you must send that person away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 9 13 vx69 figs-metaphor וְנִכְרְתָ֛ה הַנֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַהִ֖וא 1 and that person shall be cut off Here the phrase **cut off** means to be disowned and sent away. Alternate translation: “and that person must be sent away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 9 13 h37g figs-activepassive וְנִכְרְתָ֛ה הַנֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַהִ֖וא 1 and that person shall be cut off If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and you must send that person away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 9 13 n841 0 fixed set or predetermined
NUM 9 13 j8p3 figs-metaphor 0 That man must carry his sin Here the concept of the man having to bear the consequences of his sin is spoken of as if his sin were a heavy object that he had to carry. Alternate translation: “That man must bear the punishment for his sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 9 14 ln14 figs-you 0 lives among you Here “you” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@ -661,8 +663,10 @@ NUM 10 2 a5wu figs-metonymy 0 Make two silver trumpets This means that Yahweh c
NUM 10 2 a3nl figs-metonymy 0 You must use the trumpets Moses will not blow the trumpets himself, but he will command the priests to blow them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 10 3 k8w4 0 in front of you Alternate translation: “while you are present.” This means that Moses was to be there with the priest when he blew the trumpets.
NUM 10 4 c73m figs-parallelism 0 the leaders, the heads of the clans of Israel These two phrases refer to the same group of people. Here the second phrase is used to describe the first phrase. Alternate translation: “the leaders, who are the heads of the clans of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 10 5 vt88 figs-you 0 When you blow a loud signal Here the word “you” is plural. Yahweh is speaking to Moses, but he his referring to the priests. The priests will blow the trumpets, Moses will not. Alternate translation: “When they blow a loud signal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 10 6 m9ab figs-you 0 When you blow a loud signal Here the word “you” is plural. Yahweh is speaking to Moses, but he is referring to the priests. The priests will blow the trumpets, Moses will not. Alternate translation: “When they blow a loud signal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 10 5 vt88 figs-you וּתְקַעְתֶּ֖ם תְּרוּעָ֑ה 1 And you shall blow a blast Here the word **you** is plural. Yahweh is speaking to Moses, but he his referring to the priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
NUM 10 5 a48l figs-metonymy וּתְקַעְתֶּ֖ם תְּרוּעָ֑ה 1 And you shall blow a blast The priests will blow the trumpets, Moses will not. Alternate translation: “And they shall blow a blast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 10 6 m9ab figs-you וּתְקַעְתֶּ֤ם תְּרוּעָה֙ שֵׁנִ֔ית 1 And you shall blow a second blast Here the word **you** is plural. Yahweh is speaking to Moses, but he his referring to the priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
NUM 10 6 huyc figs-you וּתְקַעְתֶּ֤ם תְּרוּעָה֙ שֵׁנִ֔ית 1 And you shall blow a second blast The priests will blow the trumpets, Moses will not. Alternate translation: “And they shall blow a second blast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 10 6 hik8 translate-ordinal 0 the second time Alternate translation: “time number 2” or “again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 10 6 bv3w 0 They must blow a loud signal for their journeys Alternate translation: “They” refers to the priests and the word “their” refers to the people of Israel.
NUM 10 7 cga9 0 When the community gathers together Alternate translation: “To gather the community together”
@ -678,7 +682,8 @@ NUM 10 10 fs2w 0 over the sacrifices Alternate translation: “in honor of the
NUM 10 10 ii25 figs-abstractnouns 0 will act as a reminder of you to me Alternate translation: “will act as a memorial for you of me.” The word “reminder” can be expressed with the verb “remind.” Alternate translation: “will always remind you of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 10 10 da3q 0 These will act The word “these” refers to the trumpets and the sacrifices.
NUM 10 11 g9q8 translate-ordinal 0 In the second year Alternate translation: “In year 2.” This refers to the second year after Yahweh brought the Israelites out of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 10 11 etr3 translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the second month, on the twentieth day of the month Alternate translation: “on day 20 of month 2.” This is the second month of the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 10 11 etr3 translate-ordinal בַּחֹ֥דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֖י בְּעֶשְׂרִ֣ים בַּחֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 in the second month, on 20 in the month The word **second** is the ordinal form of "two." Alternate translation: “on day 20 of month 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 10 11 obou translate-hebrewmonths בַּחֹ֥דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֖י בְּעֶשְׂרִ֣ים בַּחֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 in the second month, on 20 in the month This is the **second month** of the Hebrew calendar. Alternate translation: “on day 20 of month 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
NUM 10 11 be2g figs-activepassive 0 the cloud was lifted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the cloud rose up” or “Yahweh lifted the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 10 11 gt38 0 the tabernacle of the covenant decrees The tabernacle was also called by this longer name because the ark with the law of God was placed inside it. See how you translated this in [Numbers 1:50](../01/50.md).
NUM 10 13 qmj1 figs-activepassive 0 Yahweh’s command given through Moses If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the commands that Yahweh had given through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -723,7 +728,8 @@ NUM 11 7 wpg9 0 coriander seed Coriander is also known as cilantro. This seed
NUM 11 7 y9r3 0 resin This is a sticky substance with a pale yellow color.
NUM 11 10 uu2r figs-metaphor 0 in Moses’ eyes he eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “in Moses’ opinion” or “in Moses’ judgement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 11 11 zm5k figs-rquestion 0 General Information: Moses complains to Yahweh using several rhetorical questions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 11 11 qg3b figs-rquestion 0 Why have you treated your servant so badly? Why are you not pleased with me? Moses used these questions to complain about the way God was treating him. They can be expressed as statements. Moses speaks of himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “You should not treat me, your servant, so badly. You should not be angry with me!” or “I, your servant, have done nothing wrong for you to treat me so badly!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
NUM 11 11 qg3b figs-123person לָמָ֤ה הֲרֵעֹ֨תָ֙ לְעַבְדֶּ֔ךָ 1 Why do you do evil to your servant? Moses speaks of himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “Why do you do evil to me?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
NUM 11 11 eej5 figs-rquestion לָמָ֤ה הֲרֵעֹ֨תָ֙ לְעַבְדֶּ֔ךָ וְלָ֛מָּה לֹא־ מָצָ֥תִי חֵ֖ן בְּעֵינֶ֑יךָ לָשׂ֗וּם אֶת־ מַשָּׂ֛א כָּל־ הָעָ֥ם הַזֶּ֖ה עָלָֽי 1 Why do you do evil to your servant? And why have I not found favor in your eyes, by putting the burden of all this people on me? Moses used these questions to complain about the way God was treating him. They can be expressed as statements. Alternate translation: “You should not treat me, your servant, so badly. You should not be angry with me by making me responsible for what all these people have done!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 11 11 jll4 figs-metaphor 0 You make me carry the load of all these people Moses complains and speaks of leading the people and providing for them as if he were carrying a heavy load. Alternate translation: “You make me responsible for all these people, but it’s too hard for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 11 12 hah2 figs-rquestion 0 Did I conceive all these people? Moses used this question to remind God that Moses was not their father. Alternate translation: “I am not the father of all these people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 11 12 iw91 figs-rquestion 0 Have I given them birth so that you should say to me, ‘Carry … baby?’ Moses wants God to remember that God told him to take care of the Israelites even though Moses was not their father. Alternate translation: “I have not given them birth, so you have no right to say to me, ‘Carry … baby’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -735,7 +741,6 @@ NUM 11 14 x4d7 figs-idiom 0 They are too much for me This is an idiom. Alternat
NUM 11 17 tp3h figs-metonymy 0 some of the Spirit that is on you The “Spirit” here represents the power that God’s Spirit had given to Moses so that Moses could do what God told him to do. Alternate translation: “some of the power that the Spirit has given you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 11 17 dz3z figs-metaphor 0 They will bear the burden of the people with you God speaks of the responsibility of leading and providing for the people as if it were a burden that Moses and the leaders would carry. Alternate translation: “They will help you care for the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 11 17 qll3 figs-metaphor 0 You will not have to bear it alone God speaks of the responsibility of leading and providing for the people as if it were a burden that Moses and the leaders would carry. Alternate translation: “You will not care for them alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 11 18 l15u 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
NUM 11 18 mc86 figs-rquestion 0 Who will give us meat to eat? The Israelites had asked this question in order to complain and to express their desire for something other than manna to eat. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We wish that we had meat to eat.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 11 20 mhi2 figs-metaphor 0 until it comes out of your nostrils This could mean: (1) God speaks of vomiting as if the food would come out through their nostrils. Alternate translation: “until you are sick and vomit” or (2) they would eat so much meat that it would be as if it would come out of their nostrils. Alternate translation: “until it feels like it would have to come out of your nostrils” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 11 20 r2iy figs-rquestion 0 Why did we leave Egypt? The people had used this question to express regret and to complain. Alternate translation: “We never should have left Egypt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -744,7 +749,8 @@ NUM 11 22 tbn5 figs-rquestion 0 Should we kill flocks and herds to satisfy them
NUM 11 22 xap3 figs-doublet 0 flocks and herds These two words mean basically the same thing. Together they emphasize a great number of animals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NUM 11 22 c3w9 figs-hyperbole 0 all the fish in the sea The word “all” is an exaggeration to show how impossible it was to provide food for all the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
NUM 11 22 u4s6 0 to satisfy them Alternate translation: “to satisfy their hunger”
NUM 11 23 ky75 figs-metonymy 0 Is my hand short? Here the word “hand” represents God’s power. God uses this question to rebuke Moses for thinking that God did not have the power to provide enough meat for the people. Alternate translation: “Do you think that I am not powerful enough to do this?” or “You should know I am more than strong enough to do this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 11 23 ky75 figs-metonymy הֲיַ֥ד יְהוָ֖ה תִּקְצָ֑ר 1 Is the hand of Yahweh short? Here the word **hand** represents God’s power. Alternate translation: “Do you think that I am not powerful enough to do this?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 11 23 wp9r figs-rquestion הֲיַ֥ד יְהוָ֖ה תִּקְצָ֑ר 1 Is the hand of Yahweh short? God uses this question to rebuke Moses for thinking that God did not have the power to provide enough meat for the people. Alternate translation: “You should know I am more than strong enough to do this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 11 24 qz74 0 Yahweh’s words Alternate translation: “what Yahweh had said”
NUM 11 25 c9s5 figs-metonymy 0 some of the Spirit that was on Moses The “Spirit” here represents the power that God’s Spirit had given to Moses. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Numbers 11:17](../11/17.md). Alternate translation: “some of the power that the Spirit had given to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 11 25 g325 figs-metaphor 0 put it on the seventy elders Giving power to the elders is spoken of as putting the Spirit on them. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Numbers 11:17](../11/17.md). Alternate translation: “gave it to the seventy elders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -757,11 +763,11 @@ NUM 11 29 sl5x figs-explicit 0 Are you jealous for my sake? What Joshua might h
NUM 11 29 nm1s figs-metaphor 0 that he would put his Spirit on them all Moses speaks of God’s Spirit giving people power as if God were to put his Spirit on them. Alternate translation: “that God’s Spirit would give them all power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 11 31 esv9 translate-unknown 0 quail a small bird (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NUM 11 31 k1e2 0 about a day’s journey on one side and a day’s journey on the other side Alternate translation: “in each direction for as far as a person could walk in one day”
NUM 11 31 w6al translate-bdistance 0 about two cubits A cubit is a unit of measurement equal to about 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 92 centimeters” or “about 1 meter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 11 31 w6al translate-bdistance וּכְאַמָּתַ֖יִם 1 and like two cubits A **cubit** is a unit of measurement equal to about 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “and about 92 centimeters” or “and about 1 meter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
NUM 11 32 t6d9 figs-doublenegatives 0 No one gathered less than ten homers of quail This is a double negative which can be expressed as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Everyone gathered at least ten homers of quail” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
NUM 11 32 r8bg translate-bvolume 0 ten homers A homer is a unit of volume equal to about 220 liters. Alternate translation: “2,200 liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 11 33 zs3j figs-parallelism 0 While the meat was still between their teeth, while they were chewing it These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Together they emphasize that God punished them immediately, even while they were eating the meat. Alternate translation: “While they were still eating the meat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 11 34 xkj8 figs-activepassive 0 That place was named Kibroth Hattaavah If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They named that place Kibroth Hattaavah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 11 34 xkj8 translate-names וַיִּקְרָ֛א אֶת־ שֵֽׁם־ הַמָּק֥וֹם הַה֖וּא קִבְר֣וֹת הַֽתַּאֲוָ֑ה 1 And he called the name of that place Kibroth Hattaavah This was the same **place** that was formerly called, “Taberah” in [11:3](../11/03.md). Alternate translation: “They named that place Kibroth Hattaavah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 11 35 j14n translate-names 0 Hazeroth This is the name of a place in the desert. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 12 intro qam4 0 # Numbers 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:6-8.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>God used the idiom “mouth to mouth” meaning “speaking directly with both people present.” This indicated that Moses was more than just a prophet and greater than other prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
NUM 12 2 h4pv figs-rquestion 0 Has Yahweh spoken only with Moses? Has he not spoken also with us? Miriam and Aaron use these questions to complain that Moses had so much authority and they did not. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has not spoken only with Moses. He has also spoken with us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -775,7 +781,7 @@ NUM 12 8 f9rh figs-parallelism 0 against my servant, against Moses The phrase
NUM 12 9 b7b8 figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh’s anger burned against them Yahweh’s anger is spoken of as if it were a fire. Alternate translation: “Yahweh became very angry with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 12 10 e5f3 figs-simile 0 was as white as snow Leprosy turned Miriam’s skin white. Alternate translation: “became very white” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
NUM 12 11 e1yt figs-metonymy 0 do not hold this sin against us To hold people’s sin against them is to say that they are guilty for their sin. Here it represents punishing them for their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 12 12 ml35 figs-simile 0 Please do not let her be like a dead newborn whose flesh is half consumed Miriam’s leprosy would cause her body to decay until she died. The flesh being decayed is spoken of as if it were eaten. Alternate translation: “Please do not let her be like a dead newborn baby whose flesh is half decayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 12 12 ml35 figs-simile אַל־ נָ֥א תְהִ֖י כַּמֵּ֑ת 1 Please do not let her be like the dead one Aaron compares the deadly leprosy of Miriam to a stillborn baby who has begun to decompose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
NUM 12 13 tf8r 0 Please heal her, God, please Here “please” is repeated for emphasis.
NUM 12 14 f2gq figs-hypo 0 If her father had spit in her face This describes something that could have happened but did not. Spitting in someone’s face was a terrible insult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
NUM 12 15 dk19 figs-metaphor 0 Miriam was shut outside the camp Being sent out of the camp and not being allowed to go back in is spoken of as if there were a door that was closed behind her. Alternate translation: “Miriam was sent outside the camp” or “Miriam was kept outside the camp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -803,7 +809,7 @@ NUM 13 19 x34f 0 Are they like camps, or are they fortified cities Fortified c
NUM 13 21 t6ca translate-names 0 Zin … Rehob These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 13 21 ubr4 translate-transliterate 0 the wilderness of Zin The word “Zin” here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
NUM 13 22 f2ju translate-names 0 Zoan This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 13 22 vki3 figs-activepassive 0 Hebron had been built seven years before Zoan in Egypt If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Canaanites had built Hebron 7 years before the Egyptians built Zoan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 13 22 vki3 figs-activepassive וְחֶבְר֗וֹן שֶׁ֤בַע שָׁנִים֙ נִבְנְתָ֔ה לִפְנֵ֖י צֹ֥עַן מִצְרָֽיִם 1 And Hebron had been built seven years before Zoan of Egypt If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And the Canaanites had built Hebron seven years before the Egyptians built Zoan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 13 22 z3rn translate-names 0 Ahiman … Sheshai … Talmai These are names of clans that were named after their ancestors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 13 22 i3ei translate-names 0 Anak This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 13 23 hg6e translate-names 0 Eshkol This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -811,7 +817,7 @@ NUM 13 23 th6k 0 between two of their group Alternate translation: “between
NUM 13 24 rxd9 figs-activepassive 0 That place was named If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They named that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 13 25 ky7r translate-numbers 0 After forty days Alternate translation: “After 40 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 13 26 kr4l figs-metonymy 0 They brought back word Here “word” refers to a report. Alternate translation: “They brought back their report” or “They reported what they had seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 13 27 id7v figs-metaphor 0 It certainly flows with milk and honey Alternate translation: “Milk and honey certainly flow there.” They spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. Alternate translation: “It is certainly excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” or “It is certainly very fertile land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 13 27 id7v figs-metaphor וְ֠גַם זָבַ֨ת חָלָ֥ב וּדְבַ֛שׁ הִ֖וא 1 And it is certainly flowing with milk and honey They spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. Alternate translation: “And it is certainly excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” or “And it is certainly a very fertile land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 13 27 q2as figs-metonymy 0 milk Since milk comes from cows and goats, it represents livestock and the food produced from the livestock. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 13 27 qn6h figs-metonymy 0 honey Since honey is produced from flowers, it represents crops and the food produced from the crops. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 13 32 du7c 0 they spread around … They said Here “they” refers to all of the men who examined the land except for Caleb and Joshua.
@ -830,8 +836,7 @@ NUM 14 6 p2vs translate-names 0 Nun … Jephunneh These are names of men. (See:
NUM 14 6 d9ig figs-activepassive 0 who were some of those sent If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who were some of those whom Moses sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 14 6 s58b translate-symaction 0 tore their clothes Tearing one’s clothes was a gesture indicating the person is very troubled and is mourning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
NUM 14 8 nc38 figs-metaphor 0 The land flows with milk and honey They spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants flowed through it. See how you translated this in [Numbers 13:27](../13/27.md). Alternate translation: “It is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” or “It is very fertile land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 14 9 qgd7 0 Connecting Statement: Joshua and Caleb continue speaking to the people of Israel.
NUM 14 9 yk5g figs-metaphor 0 for they are bread to us Joshua and Caleb speak of destroying their enemies as easily as if they were eating bread. Alternate translation: “We will destroy them as easily as we can eat food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
NUM 14 9 yk5g figs-metaphor כִּ֥י לַחְמֵ֖נוּ הֵ֑ם 1 for they are our food Joshua and Caleb speak of destroying their enemies as easily as if they were eating bread. Alternate translation: “for we will destroy them as easily as we can eat food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 14 9 en4q figs-activepassive 0 Their protection will be removed from them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will remove their protection from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 14 9 z1a2 figs-abstractnouns 0 Their protection If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **protection**, you could express the same idea with “protect.” Alternate translation: “Anyone that might protect them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 14 11 g9t8 figs-rquestion 0 How long must this people despise me? How long must they fail to trust me, despite all the signs … them? Yahweh uses these questions to show that he was angry and had lost patience with the people. They can be translated as statements. Alternate translation: “This people has despised me for too long. They have failed to trust me for too long, despite all the signs … them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -846,8 +851,7 @@ NUM 14 21 ft8l figs-activepassive 0 all the earth will be filled with my glory
NUM 14 22 nu5r 0 they have still tempted me Alternate translation: “they have continued to test me”
NUM 14 22 ksb4 figs-idiom 0 these ten times Here the number 10 represents too many times. Alternate translation: “too many times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 14 22 hz59 figs-metonymy 0 have not listened to my voice Here “listened” represents obedience, and God’s voice represents what he said. Alternate translation: “have not obeyed what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 14 23 jnd2 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
NUM 14 24 n5dj figs-metonymy 0 because he had another spirit Here “spirit” represents his attitude. Caleb was willing to obey God. What his attitude was can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “because he had a different attitude” or “because he was willing to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 14 24 n5dj figs-metonymy עֵ֣קֶב הָֽיְתָ֞ה ר֤וּחַ אַחֶ֨רֶת֙ עִמּ֔וֹ 1 because another spirit is with him Here, **spirit** represents his attitude. Caleb was willing to obey God. What his attitude was can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “because he has a different attitude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 14 27 tw5b figs-rquestion 0 How long must I tolerate this evil community that criticizes me? Yahweh asks this question because he has lost patience with the people. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I have tolerated this evil community who has criticized me long enough.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 14 27 xx71 figs-abstractnouns 0 I have heard the complaining of the people of Israel The word “complaining,” an abstract noun, can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “I have heard the people of Israel complain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 14 28 l1fy 0 as you have spoken in my hearing Alternate translation: “as I have heard you say”
@ -897,7 +901,6 @@ NUM 15 20 i3c9 0 a loaf Calling it a loaf implies that they would cooked the d
NUM 15 20 huf4 figs-idiom 0 to raise it up as a raised offering This idiom “raise it up” refers to offering it as a gift. Alternate translation: “to offer it as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 15 20 hum8 0 a raised offering from the threshing floor The offering is spoken of as being from the threshing floor because this is where they would separate the grain from the other parts of the plant.
NUM 15 22 pp7r 0 General Information: The word “you” here refers to Israelite people.
NUM 15 22 xs3r 0 Connecting Statement: God continues telling Moses what he must tell the people.
NUM 15 24 mua7 figs-metaphor 0 to produce a sweet aroma for Yahweh Alternate translation: “to produce a smell that pleases Yahweh.” The Lord being pleased with the sincere worshipers who offer the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the aroma of the sacrifice. Alternate translation: “to please Yahweh by burning it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 15 24 l26t figs-activepassive 0 must be made a grain offering and drink offering If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must make a grain offering and drink offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 15 24 w7mx figs-activepassive 0 as commanded by the decree If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as the decree commands” or “as I commanded when I made the decree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -906,16 +909,19 @@ NUM 15 25 gs8c figs-activepassive 0 made by fire If your language does not use
NUM 15 26 scd4 figs-activepassive 0 all the community of the people of Israel will be forgiven If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will forgive all the community of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 15 27 de37 0 a female goat a year old Alternate translation: “a 1-year-old female goat”
NUM 15 28 xn5j figs-activepassive 0 That person will be forgiven when atonement has been made If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will forgive that person when the priest has made atonement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 15 30 i7a8 figs-metaphor 0 That person must be cut off from among his people The metaphor “cut off” has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form: (1) “his people must send him away” or (2) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “his people must kill him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 15 31 jjv8 figs-metonymy 0 has broken my commandment Not obeying a commandment is spoken of as breaking it. Alternate translation: “has disobeyed my commandment” or “has not obeyed what I commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 15 31 d6w9 figs-metonymy 0 His sin will be on him Here, **sin** could mean: (1) punishment for that sin or (2) guilt of that sin. Sin being on him is a metaphor that could mean: (1) being punished or (2) being guilty. Alternate translation: (1) “I will punish him because of his sin” or (2) “I will consider him guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 15 30 i7a8 figs-metaphor וְנִכְרְתָ֛ה הַנֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַהִ֖וא מִקֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽהּ 1 And that person shall be cut off from the midst of his people The metaphor **cut off** could mean: (1) he must be sent away from Israel. (2) he must not be considered a member of the people of Israel anymore. (3) he must be killed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 15 30 x0ia figs-activepassive וְנִכְרְתָ֛ה הַנֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַהִ֖וא מִקֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽהּ 1 And that person shall be cut off from the midst of his people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And his people must send him away” or “And I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” or “And you must kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 15 31 jjv8 figs-metonymy מִצְוָת֖וֹ הֵפַ֑ר 1 has broken his commandment Not obeying a **commandment** of Yahweh is spoken of as breaking it. Alternate translation: “has disobeyed my commandment” or “has not obeyed what I commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 15 31 d6w9 figs-metonymy עֲוֺנָ֥ה בָֽהּ 1 His iniquity shall be on him Here, **iniquity** could refer to: (1) the punishment for that sin or (2) the guilt of that sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 15 31 dzls figs-metaphor עֲוֺנָ֥ה בָֽהּ 1 His iniquity shall be on him Here, **iniquity** being **on him** is a metaphor that could mean: (1) he is being punished. Alternate translation: “I will punish him because of his sin” (2) he is guilty. Alternate translation: “I will consider him guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 15 34 rs36 figs-activepassive 0 it had not been declared what should be done with him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had not declared what they should do with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 15 35 hw5x figs-activepassive 0 The man must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must surely put the man to death” or “The man must surely die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 15 38 k8rm 0 the descendants of Israel Alternate translation: “the people of Israel”
NUM 15 39 hl7a 0 to carry them out Alternate translation: “to obey them”
NUM 15 39 gwl3 figs-metaphor 0 so that you do not look to your own heart and your own eyes Alternate translation: “Look to” here is a metaphor for think about. The heart represents what a person wants, and the eyes represent what a person sees and wants. Alternate translation: “so that you do not think about whatever you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 15 39 vhx4 figs-metaphor 0 prostitute yourselves to them Being unfaithful to God by choosing to do whatever they want is spoken of as if they were women who were unfaithful to their husband by choosing to have sinful relationships with other men. It can be stated clearly that this was a shameful thing to do. Alternate translation: “be shamefully unfaithful to me” or “do those things instead of obeying me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 15 40 q9my 0 Connecting Statement: God continues telling Moses what to tell the people of Israel. The word “you” refers to the people.
NUM 15 39 gwl3 figs-metaphor וְלֹֽא־ תָתֻ֜רוּ אַחֲרֵ֤י לְבַבְכֶם֙ וְאַחֲרֵ֣י עֵֽינֵיכֶ֔ם 1 And you shall not explore after your heart and after your eyes Here, **explore after** is a metaphor for thinking about something. Alternate translation: “so that you do not think about whatever your heart and eyes want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 15 39 iqf7 figs-metonymy וְלֹֽא־ תָתֻ֜רוּ אַחֲרֵ֤י לְבַבְכֶם֙ וְאַחֲרֵ֣י עֵֽינֵיכֶ֔ם 1 And you shall not explore after your heart and after your eyes Here the **heart** represents what a person wants, and the **eyes** represent what a person sees and wants. Alternate translation: “And you must not think about whatever you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 15 39 vhx4 figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁר־ אַתֶּ֥ם זֹנִ֖ים אַחֲרֵיהֶֽם 1 them which you are prostituting after Being unfaithful to God by choosing to do whatever they want is spoken of as if they were women who were unfaithful to their husband by choosing to have sinful relationships with other men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 15 39 bbvk figs-explicit אֲשֶׁר־ אַתֶּ֥ם זֹנִ֖ים אַחֲרֵיהֶֽם 1 them which you are prostituting after It can be stated clearly that this was a shameful thing to do. Alternate translation: “and be shamefully unfaithful to me” or “and do those things instead of obeying me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 15 40 x4hp figs-idiom 0 call to mind This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 15 41 zvn9 0 I am Yahweh your God This clause is repeated for emphasis.
NUM 16 intro q814 0 # Numbers 16 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebellion and punishment<br><br>A certain Levite and a few men from the tribe of Reuben claimed that they were just as good as Moses and Aaron, and they also could do the work of sacrificing animals at the sacred tent. So Moses told them to come to the sacred tent and burn incense to Yahweh. God then made the earth open and swallow up these leaders and their families. He also sent fire to destroy 250 other men who had joined with those leaders. These actions showed that only the Levites, those whom Yahweh appointed, could be priests. Also, it taught the people that to rebel against Yahweh’s anointed was to rebel against Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]])
@ -928,7 +934,6 @@ NUM 16 3 d8ny figs-rquestion 0 Why do you lift up yourselves above the rest of
NUM 16 3 df9e figs-metaphor 0 lift up yourselves above the rest Considering someone to be important is spoken of as lifting it up. Alternate translation: “consider yourselves more important than the rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 16 4 srs6 translate-symaction 0 he lay facedown This indicates that Moses was humbling himself before God. He was afraid that God would punish the people for rebelling against God and his chosen leaders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
NUM 16 5 fhi5 figs-activepassive 0 who is set apart to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Yahweh has set apart for himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 16 6 q4mg 0 Connecting Statement: Moses continues speaking to Korah and the men who were with Korah.
NUM 16 6 gjn6 0 censers containers in which to burn incense
NUM 16 7 ch73 figs-idiom 0 before Yahweh This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “in Yahweh’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 16 7 mzq8 figs-activepassive 0 that man will be set apart to Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will set apart that man for himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -939,7 +944,7 @@ NUM 16 10 l58j figs-metaphor 0 you are seeking the priesthood also Wanting to h
NUM 16 11 lf5d figs-rquestion 0 Who is Aaron that you grumble against him? Moses uses this question to show them that when they complain about what Aaron does, they are really complaining against Yahweh, because Aaron was doing what Yahweh told him to do. Alternate translation: “You are not really complaining about Aaron, but about Yahweh, whom Aaron obeys!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 16 13 mx6i figs-rquestion 0 Is it a small thing that you have brought us … to kill us in the wilderness? Dathan and Abiram use this question to rebuke Moses. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You behave as though it was a small thing for you to bring us … and kill us in the wilderness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 16 13 pgv9 0 a small thing Alternate translation: “not enough” or “unimportant”
NUM 16 13 gs63 figs-metaphor 0 a land flowing with milk and honey They spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. See how you translated this in [Numbers 14:8](../14/08.md). Alternate translation: “that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” or “a very fertile land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 16 13 gs63 figs-metaphor מֵאֶ֨רֶץ זָבַ֤ת חָלָב֙ וּדְבַ֔שׁ 1 from a land flowing with milk and honey They spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the **milk and honey** from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. See how you translated this in [Numbers 14:8](../14/08.md). Alternate translation: “from a land that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” or “from a very fertile land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 16 13 v8lm figs-hyperbole 0 to kill us The people exaggerate because they will hold Moses responsible if any of them die. Alternate translation: “to have us die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
NUM 16 14 bm99 figs-metaphor 0 as an inheritance They spoke of what God would give them to be theirs forever as if it were an inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 16 14 vux9 figs-rquestion 0 Now do you want to blind us with empty promises? The people used this question to accuse Moses. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Now you want to blind us with empty promises.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -978,7 +983,6 @@ NUM 16 48 fgs5 figs-activepassive 0 the plague was stopped If your language doe
NUM 16 49 e8gm translate-numbers 0 14,700 in number Alternate translation: “fourteen thousand seven hundred in number” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 17 intro b38c 0 # Numbers 17 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Which tribe should be special workers for God?<br><br>God told Moses that each tribe should bring one wooden staff and leave it overnight at the temple. The next day Aaron’s staff representing the tribe of Levi bloomed and produced ripe almond nuts. This showed that the tribe of Levi was still the tribe chosen to be Yahweh’s priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
NUM 17 3 jjh7 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
NUM 17 3 xg67 0 Levi’s staff The name Levi here refers to the tribe of Levi.
NUM 17 3 w59t 0 for each leader from his ancestors’ tribe Here “his” refers to “each leader.”
NUM 17 4 hr73 figs-synecdoche 0 the covenant decrees The phrase “the covenant decrees” refers to the box that held the tablets that the covenant decrees were written on. Alternate translation: “the ark of the covenant” or “the box that holds the covenant decrees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -995,30 +999,25 @@ NUM 18 intro s8q6 0 # Numbers 18 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in
NUM 18 1 u2mx figs-activepassive 0 all sins committed against the sanctuary If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all sins that anyone commits against the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 18 1 g8xh figs-activepassive 0 all sins committed by anyone in the priesthood If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all sins that anyone in the priesthood commits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 18 1 ljg9 0 anyone in the priesthood Alternate translation: “any priest”
NUM 18 3 gbu1 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues speaking to Aaron.
NUM 18 3 gri8 figs-you 0 They must serve you Alternate translation: “They” refers to members of the tribe of Levi; the word “you” is singular and refers to Aaron. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
NUM 18 3 yig6 figs-pronouns 0 or they and also you will die Here “they” refers to any member of the tribe of Levi who comes “near to anything in the sanctuary;” the word “you” is plural and refers to both Aaron and the rest of the Levites who are serving in approved roles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
NUM 18 4 b6pc figs-you 0 They must join you Alternate translation: “They” refers to members of the tribe of Levi; the word “you” is singular and refers to Aaron. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
NUM 18 4 nn6e figs-you 0 not come near you Here “you” is plural and refers to both Aaron and the rest of the Levites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
NUM 18 5 zaj3 figs-you 0 You must take responsibility Here “you” is plural and refers to both Aaron and the rest of the Levites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
NUM 18 5 lc1d figs-metonymy 0 so that my anger does not come on the people of Israel again This could mean: (1) this represents God being extremely angry with his people. Alternate translation: “so that I do not become very angry with the people of Israel again” or (2) this represents God punishing them because of his anger. Alternate translation: “so that I do not punish the people of Israel again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 18 6 ken5 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues speaking to Aaron.
NUM 18 6 y9nk figs-metaphor 0 They are a gift to you Yahweh appointing the Levites to help Aaron is spoken of as if they were a gift that Yahweh were giving to Aaron. Alternate translation: “They are like a gift to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 18 6 h66d figs-metonymy 0 given to me Here “given” to God represents being set apart to serve God. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which I have set apart for myself” or “and I have set them apart for myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 18 6 h66d figs-metonymy נְתֻנִים֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה 1 ones given to Yahweh Here, **given to Yahweh** represents being set apart to serve God. Alternate translation: “who have been set apart to serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 18 6 kxwa figs-activepassive נְתֻנִים֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה 1 ones given to Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which I have set apart for myself” or “and I have set them apart for myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 18 7 eda8 figs-you 0 only you and your sons Here “you” and “your” are singular and refer to Aaron. Other occurrences of “you” and “your” are plural and refer to Aaron and his sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
NUM 18 7 vju4 0 exercise the priesthood Alternate translation: “do the work of priests”
NUM 18 7 j8mn figs-metonymy 0 everything inside the curtain Being inside the curtain represents being inside the room behind the curtain. Alternate translation: “everything in the room behind the curtain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 18 7 w3i9 figs-activepassive 0 Any foreigner who approaches must be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Any foreigner who approaches must die” or “You must put to death any foreigner who approaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 18 7 ctt4 figs-explicit 0 who approaches What they should not approach can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “who approaches the sacred things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 18 8 ua7z figs-idiom 0 the offerings raised up to me Here “raised up to me” represents giving or offering something to God. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the offerings that people give to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 18 8 jdj3 0 I have given these offerings to you God speaks as if he had already done this because it is a decision that he had already made. Alternate translation: “I give these offerings to you”
NUM 18 8 x3sq 0 as your ongoing share A share is a portion of something that someone receives. Alternate translation: “as the portion that you will continually receive”
NUM 18 9 c2dd figs-activepassive 0 kept from the fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you do not completely burn on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 18 10 smj2 0 Connecting Statement: God continues speaking to Aaron.
NUM 18 12 k3q5 0 Connecting Statement: God continues speaking to Aaron.
NUM 18 12 d7gf 0 the firstfruits This refers to the first of the best oil, wine, and grain that they harvest.
NUM 18 13 urx1 figs-metaphor 0 Everyone who is clean in your family Being acceptable to God is spoken of as if they were clean. Alternate translation: “Everyone in your family who is acceptable to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 18 14 ri2f 0 Connecting Statement: God continues speaking to Aaron.
NUM 18 15 ym9k figs-parallelism 0 Everything that opens the womb, all the firstborn These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “Every firstborn male” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 18 15 axb3 figs-idiom 0 Everything that opens the womb The idiom “opens the womb” means to be the first male that a mother gives birth to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 18 15 a5y8 0 the people must certainly buy back every firstborn son Instead of sacrificing their firstborn sons, people had to pay the priests for their sons.
@ -1027,31 +1026,25 @@ NUM 18 16 vr57 0 Those that are to be bought back Most likely this refers only
NUM 18 16 xet4 translate-bweight 0 five shekels … which equals twenty gerahs If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “five pieces of silver … each of which equals ten grams” or “fifty grams of silver, using the standard weights that are used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 18 16 t62u figs-explicit 0 five shekels A shekel is a unit of weight. What was weighed can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “five shekels of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 18 16 r9ci translate-bweight 0 sanctuary shekel There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. It weighed twenty gerahs, which was about 11 grams. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 18 17 r3d6 0 Connecting Statement: God continues speaking to Aaron.
NUM 18 17 s5mf figs-explicit 0 You must sprinkle their blood That he must kill the animals first can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “You must kill them and sprinkle their blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 18 17 rqa6 figs-activepassive 0 made by fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you make by fire” or “that you burn with fire on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 18 17 dth7 figs-metaphor 0 an aroma pleasing to Yahweh The Lord’s pleasure with the aroma represents his pleasure with the person who burns the offering. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will be pleased with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 18 18 maz6 figs-activepassive 0 the raised breast and the right thigh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the breast and the right thigh that you lift up as a gift to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 18 19 h1fp 0 Connecting Statement: God continues speaking to Aaron.
NUM 18 19 a4zb 0 I have given to you God speaks as if he had already done this because it is a decision that he had already made. Alternate translation: “I give to you”
NUM 18 19 he1c 0 as a continual share A share is a portion of something that someone receives. Alternate translation: “as the portion that you will continually receive”
NUM 18 19 a21e figs-parallelism 0 an everlasting covenant of salt … a binding covenant forever The two phrases refer to the same thing. Together they emphasize that the covenant will endure forever. Alternate translation: “an agreement forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 18 19 y9je translate-symaction 0 an everlasting covenant of salt Alternate translation: “a covenant made with salt.” Salt represented permanence and was used in offerings and covenant meals. Alternate translation: “a permanent covenant” or “an everlasting covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
NUM 18 20 hmh1 figs-metaphor 0 You will have no inheritance in the people’s land God speaks of the land that the other people will possess as if they will inherit it. Alternate translation: “You will not possess any of the people’s land” or “You will not receive any of the land that the Israelites will possess” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 18 20 l9jb figs-metaphor 0 I am your share and inheritance God speaks of the great honor that Aaron and his descendants will have by serving him as priests as if God were something that they will inherit. Alternate translation: “Instead, I am what you will have” or “Instead, I will allow you to serve me and I will provide for you through that service” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 18 21 t638 0 Connecting Statement: God continues speaking to Aaron.
NUM 18 21 b9ib 0 look, I have given The word “look” here adds emphasis to what follows. Alternate translation: “indeed, I have given”
NUM 18 21 c1zk figs-metaphor 0 as their inheritance God speaks of what Aaron and his descendants will receive as if they will inherit it. Alternate translation: “as their portion of what I give to all Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 18 23 eq2i 0 Connecting Statement: God continues speaking to Aaron.
NUM 18 23 g23k figs-metaphor 0 Among the people of Israel they must have no inheritance God speaks of the land that the other people of Israel will possess as if they will inherit it. The Levites would not receive any of the land. Alternate translation: “they must not have any of the land that the other people of Israel receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 18 24 wik9 figs-metaphor 0 as their inheritance God speaks of what Aaron and his descendants will receive as if they will inherit it. Alternate translation: “as their portion of what I give to all Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 18 26 j6qu 0 When you receive from the people of Israel the tenth that I have given to you from them The people of Israel would offer Yahweh a tenth of their crops and animals, and Yahweh would give that to the Levites.
NUM 18 26 wkn9 figs-metaphor 0 for your inheritance God speaks of what Aaron and his descendants will receive as if they will inherit it. Alternate translation: “as your portion of what I give to all Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 18 27 cx1b figs-activepassive 0 Your contribution must be considered by you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must consider your contribution” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 18 28 nd9b 0 Connecting Statement: God continues tell Moses what he must tell the Levites.
NUM 18 28 k8mw 0 you must give his contribution to Aaron the priest Here “his” refers to Yahweh. It was Yahweh’s contribution in the sense that they had to give it to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “you must give Aaron the priest the contribution that you owe Yahweh”
NUM 18 29 g53l figs-activepassive 0 that have been given to you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the people of Israel give to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 18 30 c3xf 0 Connecting Statement: God continues speaking to Moses.
NUM 18 30 l7ak 0 the best of it Alternate translation: “the best of what you have received from the people of Israel”
NUM 18 31 g3lw 0 the rest of your gifts The “gifts” are the offerings that the Israelites give to God and that the Levites receive from them.
NUM 18 32 v4s3 0 You will not incur any guilt by eating and drinking it Alternate translation: “You will not be guilty when you eat and drink it”
@ -1068,11 +1061,11 @@ NUM 19 9 a8bf figs-metaphor 0 Someone who is clean Being acceptable to God and
NUM 19 9 nn8t figs-activepassive 0 These ashes must be kept If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must keep these ashes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 19 9 wn85 figs-metaphor 0 in a clean place Being acceptable to God is spoken of as being clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 19 10 t9bq figs-metaphor 0 He will remain unclean Being unacceptable to God or unfit to do any sacred work is spoken of as not being clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 19 11 k7e9 figs-metaphor 0 General Information: The ideas of “clean” and “purify” represent being acceptable to God. The ideas of “unclean,” “defile,” “impurity,” and “uncleanness” represent not being acceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 19 11 k7e9 figs-metaphor 0 General Information: The ideas of “clean” and “purify” represent being acceptable to God. The ideas of “unclean,” “defile,” “impurity,” and “uncleanness” represent not being acceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 19 11 n7ev 0 the dead body of any man Alternate translation: “the dead body of any person”
NUM 19 12 d2fz figs-metonymy 0 purify himself The person would ask someone who is clean to purify him by sprinkling on him some water mixed with the cows ashes. Asking someone to purify him is spoken of as if he were to purify himself. Alternate translation: “ask someone to purify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 19 12 jjk6 figs-doublenegatives 0 if he does not purify himself the third day, then he will not be clean on the seventh day This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “he will be clean on the seventh day only if he purifies himself the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
NUM 19 13 fvi7 figs-metaphor 0 That person must be cut off Here the phrase “be cut off” means to be disowned and sent away. See how you translated this in [Numbers 9:13](../09/13.md). Alternate translation: “That person must be sent away” or “you must send that person away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 19 13 fvi7 figs-metaphor וְנִכְרְתָ֛ה הַנֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַהִ֖וא מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 And that person shall be cut off from Israel Here the phrase **be cut off** means to be disowned and sent away. See how you translated this in [Numbers 9:13](../09/13.md). Alternate translation: “And that person must be sent away” or “And you must send that person away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 19 13 f6bq figs-activepassive 0 the water for impurity was not sprinkled on him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one sprinkled the water for impurity on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 19 13 t2p6 0 the water for impurity Alternate translation: “the water that is sprinkled on impure things to make them pure” or “the water for making things pure”
NUM 19 13 i3uy figs-parallelism 0 He will remain unclean; his uncleanness will remain on him These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@ -1081,8 +1074,8 @@ NUM 19 15 aj43 figs-doublenegatives 0 Every open container with no cover become
NUM 19 16 kwe8 figs-activepassive 0 someone who has been killed with a sword If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone whom someone else has killed with a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 19 17 j1j3 figs-metaphor 0 General Information: The idea of “unclean” represents not being acceptable to God or fit for use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 19 17 j1j4 figs-metaphor 0 General Information: The ideas of “clean” and “purify” here represent being acceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 19 20 d5l6 figs-metaphor 0 General Information: The ideas of “clean” and “purify” represent being acceptable to God and making something acceptable to God. The ideas of “unclean,” “defile,” and “impurity,” represent not being acceptable to God, making something unacceptable to God, and the state of being unacceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 19 20 mz5q figs-metaphor 0 that person will be cut off Here the phrase “be cut off” means to be disowned and sent away. See how you translated this in [Numbers 9:13](../09/13.md). Alternate translation: “That person must be sent away” or “you must send that person away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 19 20 d5l6 figs-metaphor 0 General Information: The ideas of “clean” and “purify” represent being acceptable to God and making something acceptable to God. The ideas of “unclean,” “defile,” and “impurity,” represent not being acceptable to God, making something unacceptable to God, and the state of being unacceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]))
NUM 19 20 mz5q figs-metaphor וְנִכְרְתָ֛ה הַנֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַהִ֖וא 1 that person shall be cut off Here the phrase **be cut off** means to be disowned and sent away. See how you translated this in [Numbers 9:13](../09/13.md). Alternate translation: “that person must be sent away” or “you must send that person away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 19 20 u7dz figs-activepassive 0 The water for impurity has not been sprinkled on him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one has sprinkled the water for impurity on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 19 21 bs1a 0 the water for impurity Alternate translation: “the water that is sprinkled on impure things to make them pure” or “the water for making things pure.” See how you translated this in [Numbers 19:13](../19/13.md)
NUM 20 intro uzx8 0 # Numbers 20 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moses’ sin<br><br>God told Moses to command water to come out of a rock for the people who were complaining that they had no water. Moses became angry with the people and hit the rock twice. God told him that he and Aaron would not be allowed to go into Canaan because he disobeyed by hitting the rock instead of just speaking to it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### “It would have been better if we had died when our fellow Israelites died in front of Yahweh”<br>It is possible that this statement should be taken as hyperbole, but it does not have to be taken this way. The translator should probably avoid treating this as hyperbole. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Wilderness of Sin<br>Sin is the name of a place in this chapter. It is not a place that is known for its sin. The name is not related to the meaning of the word “sin.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
@ -1110,7 +1103,8 @@ NUM 20 16 kh3u 0 Look The word “look” here shows that they have stopped sp
NUM 20 17 p7ra 0 Connecting Statement: The messengers continue speaking to the king of Edom.
NUM 20 17 udz8 figs-metonymy 0 We will not turn aside to the right hand or to the left Here “turn aside” represents leaving the road. Alternate translation: “We will not leave the road in any direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 20 17 mcu3 0 the king’s highway This is the main road that connects Damascus in the north to the Gulf of Aqabah in the south.
NUM 20 18 dk9l figs-you 0 You may not pass … to attack you Here “you” is singular and refers to Moses, who represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Your people may not pass … to attack them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NUM 20 18 dk9l figs-you לֹ֥א תַעֲבֹ֖ר בִּ֑י פֶּן־ בַּחֶ֖רֶב אֵצֵ֥א לִקְרָאתֶֽךָ 1 You may not pass through me, lest I go out to meet you with the sword Here, **You** and **you** are singular and refer to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
NUM 20 18 g6q4 figs-synecdoche לֹ֥א תַעֲבֹ֖ר בִּ֑י פֶּן־ בַּחֶ֖רֶב אֵצֵ֥א לִקְרָאתֶֽךָ 1 You may not pass through me, lest I go out to meet you with the sword Here Moses represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Your people may not pass through me, or i will go out to meet them with the sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NUM 20 18 cw7v figs-metonymy 0 I will come with the sword Here the sword represents the king’s army. Alternate translation: “I will send my army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 20 19 y3fv 0 the people of Israel This phrase refers to the Israelite messengers.
NUM 20 19 fp34 figs-idiom 0 walk through on foot This idiom means that they would simply travel through the area by walking. They would not come in chariots to attack the people of Edom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -1119,8 +1113,8 @@ NUM 20 21 l8p8 0 cross over their border Here “their” refers to the Edomit
NUM 20 22 l1w6 figs-doublet 0 The people of Israel, the whole community The phrase “the whole community” emphasizes that every person who was a part of “the people of Israel” was present, without exception. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NUM 20 24 eh14 figs-euphemism 0 Aaron must be gathered to his people This is a gentle way to say that Aaron must die. It means that it is time for Aaron to die and for his spirit to go to the place where his ancestors are. Alternate translation: “Aaron must die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
NUM 20 24 z598 0 rebelled against my word Alternate translation: “refused to do what I said”
NUM 20 25 ie14 0 Connecting Statement: God continues speaking to Moses.
NUM 20 26 af1h figs-parallelism 0 must die and be gathered to his people These two phrases mean basically the same thing. They mean that it is time for Aaron to die and for his spirit to go to the place where his ancestors are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
NUM 20 26 af1h figs-parallelism יֵאָסֵ֖ף וּמֵ֥ת שָֽׁם 1 shall be gathered and die there These two phrases mean basically the same thing. They mean that it is time for Aaron to die and for his spirit to go to the place where his ancestors are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 20 26 yzob figs-euphemism יֵאָסֵ֖ף 1 shall be gathered The phrase **shall be gathered** means that it is time for Aaron’s spirit to go to the place where his ancestors are. This is a polite way of speaking about his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
NUM 20 29 lcr9 translate-numbers 0 thirty days Alternate translation: “30 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 21 intro vi2c 0 # Numbers 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:14-15, 17-18, 27-30.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ungrateful<br><br>The Israelites said, “Why have you brought us up out of Egypt to die in the wilderness? There is no bread, no water, and we hate this miserable food.” After all Yahweh had done, they were very ungrateful. This showed their lack of faith and trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
NUM 21 1 nsa6 figs-metonymy 0 he fought against Israel Here “he fought” means that his army fought. Alternate translation: “his army fought against Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1142,12 +1136,14 @@ NUM 21 14 r97m translate-names 0 Waheb in Suphah These are both names of places
NUM 21 15 i244 0 the slope of the valleys that lead toward the town of Ar and lie along the border of Moab Alternate translation: “the valleys that go downhill to the town of Ar and lie along the border of Moab”
NUM 21 16 s994 0 to Beer, the well This can be stated as two sentences. Alternate translation: “to Beer. There was a well there”
NUM 21 16 hnm3 figs-quotations 0 where Yahweh said to Moses, “Gather the people together for me to give them water.” This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “where Yahweh told Moses to gather the people together for him to give them water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
NUM 21 17 g2jm figs-metonymy 0 Spring up, well Here “well” represents the water in the well. The Israelites are speaking to the water as if it were a person who could hear them, and they are asking for it to fill the well. Alternate translation: “Water, fill up the well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NUM 21 17 g2jm figs-metonymy עֲלִ֥י בְאֵ֖ר 1 Rise up, well Here, **well** represents the water in the well. Alternate translation: “Water, fill up the well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 21 17 lb1s figs-personification עֲלִ֥י בְאֵ֖ר 1 Rise up, well The Israelites are speaking to the water in the well as if it were a person who could hear them, and they are asking for it to fill the well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NUM 21 18 ms4y figs-parallelism 0 the well that our leaders dug, the well the nobles of the people dug These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the role of the leaders in digging the well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 21 18 mvp6 figs-explicit 0 with the scepter and their staffs A scepter was carried by those with authority, and the staff was carried by everyone. Neither of these are digging tools. These two items emphasize that they were not too proud to use any means available. Alternate translation: “using even their scepter and staffs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 21 19 lgf8 translate-names 0 Nahaliel … Bamoth These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 21 20 uv3q translate-names 0 Mount Pisgah This is the name of a mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 21 20 s19q figs-idiom 0 looks down on the wilderness This is an idiom. It is a way of saying that the mountain is high, and speaks of the mountain as if it were a person who looks down to see the wilderness below him. Alternate translation: “rises above the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NUM 21 20 s19q figs-idiom וְנִשְׁקָ֖פָה עַל־ פְּנֵ֥י הַיְשִׁימֹֽן 1 and is looking down on the face of the wasteland Here, **looking down** is an idiom. It is a way of saying that the mountain is high. Alternate translation: “and rises above the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 21 20 exou figs-personification וְנִשְׁקָ֖פָה עַל־ פְּנֵ֥י הַיְשִׁימֹֽן 1 and is looking down on the face of the wasteland This speaks of the mountain as if it were a person who looks down to see the wilderness below him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NUM 21 21 mqq6 figs-metonymy 0 Then Israel Here “Israel” refers to the people of Israel, and especially to their leaders. Alternate translation: “Then the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 21 22 en73 0 We will not turn into any field or vineyard Alternate translation: “We will not go into any of your fields or vineyards”
NUM 21 22 rgg6 0 the king’s highway This is the main road that connects Damascus in the north to the Gulf of Aqabah in the south. See how you translated this in [Numbers 20:17](../20/17.md).
@ -1163,14 +1159,16 @@ NUM 21 26 v9rj 0 Sihon had taken all his land Here “his” refers to the kin
NUM 21 27 bf5s figs-parallelism 0 Heshbon … city of Sihon These are two names that refer to the same city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 21 27 pw7i figs-activepassive 0 Let the city of Sihon be rebuilt and established again If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let someone rebuild and establish again the city of Sihon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 21 27 a4ni figs-doublet 0 rebuilt and established These two terms are very similar and emphasize that the city will be fully rebuilt. Alternate translation: “completely rebuilt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NUM 21 28 hxh1 figs-parallelism 0 A fire blazed from Heshbon, a flame from the city of Sihon These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that destruction will begin at Heshbon. The fire refers to a destroying army. Alternate translation: “King Sihon led a strong army from the city of Heshbon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 21 28 hxh1 figs-parallelism כִּי־ אֵשׁ֙ יָֽצְאָ֣ה מֵֽחֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן לֶהָבָ֖ה מִקִּרְיַ֣ת סִיחֹ֑ן 1 For fire went out from Heshbon,\na flame from the city of Sihon These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that destruction will begin at Heshbon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 21 28 qha8 figs-metaphor כִּי־ אֵשׁ֙ יָֽצְאָ֣ה מֵֽחֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן לֶהָבָ֖ה מִקִּרְיַ֣ת סִיחֹ֑ן 1 For fire went out from Heshbon,\na flame from the city of Sihon Here the destroying army is spoken of as if it were a fire. Alternate translation: “King Sihon led a strong army from the city of Heshbon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 21 28 di4e figs-metaphor 0 devoured Ar of Moab The army of Sihon is spoken of as if it was an animal that ate up the city of Ar. Alternate translation: “destroyed the town of Ar in the land of Moab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 21 29 cu3d figs-parallelism 0 Moab … people of Chemosh These two phrases refer to the same people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 21 29 r97r 0 people of Chemosh Alternate translation: “Chemosh” was the name of the false god whom the Moabites worshiped. Alternate translation: “the people who worship Chemosh”
NUM 21 29 n57w 0 He has made his sons Alternate translation: “He” and “his” refer to Chemosh.
NUM 21 30 k6au 0 we have conquered Here “we” refers to the Israelites who defeated Sihon.
NUM 21 30 aiy9 figs-activepassive 0 Heshbon is devastated If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We have devastated Heshbon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 21 30 x525 translate-names 0 Heshbon … all the way to Dibon … all the way to Nophah … to Medeba These are all places in Sihon’s kingdom. This means the Israelites destroyed Sihon’s entire nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
NUM 21 30 x525 translate-names אָבַ֥ד חֶשְׁבּ֖וֹן עַד־ דִּיב֑וֹן…עַד־ נֹ֔פַח אֲשֶׁ֖רׄ עַד־ מֵֽידְבָֽא 1 Heshbon has perished as far as Dibon … as far as Nophah, which is as far as Medeba **Heshbon**, **Dibon**, **Nophah**, and **Medeba** are all places in Sihon’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 21 30 lwy9 figs-merism אָבַ֥ד חֶשְׁבּ֖וֹן עַד־ דִּיב֑וֹן…עַד־ נֹ֔פַח אֲשֶׁ֖רׄ עַד־ מֵֽידְבָֽא 1 Heshbon has perished as far as Dibon … as far as Nophah, which is as far as Medeba These places connected by **as far as** means the Israelites destroyed these places and everywhere in between—Sihon’s entire nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
NUM 21 32 f8n9 0 drove out Alternate translation: “chased away”
NUM 21 33 jc4b 0 went out against them Alternate translation: “attacked them”
NUM 21 34 wk2t 0 Do to him as you did to Sihon king of the Amorites The Israelites had completely destroyed Sihon. Alternate translation: “Destroy him like you destroyed Sihon king of the Amorites”
@ -1292,23 +1290,19 @@ NUM 24 2 vd4a 0 Spirit of God came on him This mean’s God’s Spirit took co
NUM 24 3 sec1 figs-activepassive 0 He received this prophecy If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave him this prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 24 3 mke8 0 Balaam son of Beor Beor was Balaam’s father. See how you translated this in [Numbers 22:5](../22/05.md).
NUM 24 3 rt1a figs-idiom 0 whose eyes are wide open This idiom means he sees and understands clearly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 24 4 np5b 0 General Information: Balaam continues to prophesy under the control of the Spirit of God.
NUM 24 4 g4v6 figs-123person 0 He speaks … He sees … he bows Here Balaam refers to himself as “He.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
NUM 24 4 ktc8 translate-symaction 0 he bows down This is an act of humility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
NUM 24 4 ej3r figs-idiom 0 with his eyes open Here “eyes open” is an idiom that means Balaam has received the ability to know what God wants to say. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 24 5 ba5v figs-parallelism 0 How beautiful are your tents, Jacob, the place where you live, Israel! Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize the Israelite camp was beautiful to Balaam. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 24 6 kip6 0 General Information: Balaam continues to prophesy under the control of the Spirit of God.
NUM 24 6 qar4 figs-simile 0 Like valleys they spread out Balaam speaks of the Israelies as if they were numerous enough to cover entire valleys. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
NUM 24 6 j8eg figs-simile 0 like gardens by the riverside Balaam speaks of the Israelies as if they were well-watered gardens that produce an abundant harvest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
NUM 24 6 l53y translate-unknown 0 aloes planted by Yahweh Aloes are plants with a pleasant smell that grow well even in dry conditions. Balaam speaks of the Israelies as if they would thrive and be pleasant like aloe plants. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “aloes which Yahweh has planted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 24 6 aw4k figs-simile 0 like cedars beside the waters Cedar trees were the largest trees in Israel. Balaam speaks of the Israelies as if they grew as large as well-watered cedar trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
NUM 24 7 dyh1 0 General Information: Balaam continues to prophesy under the control of the Spirit of God.
NUM 24 7 fl12 figs-metonymy 0 Water flows … well-watered Abundant water is associated with God’s blessing on the crops of the land. Alternate translation: “God will bless Israel with plenty of water for their crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 24 7 a4i7 figs-metonymy 0 their seed is well-watered Well-watered seed refers to God’s blessing on his people so that they will have abundant crops. Alternate translation: “they will have plenty of water for their seed to grow healthy crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 24 7 zlh1 figs-parallelism 0 Their king is to be higher … their kingdom will be honored These two phrases have similar meaning, emphasizing how much God will bless them compared to other nations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 24 7 ftd7 translate-names 0 Their king is to be higher than Agag Here “higher” refers to greater honor and power. This means the future king of Israel will have more honor and will be more powerful than Agag. Agag was king of the Amalekites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 24 7 b156 figs-activepassive 0 their kingdom will be honored If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “other people will give honor to their kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 24 8 phd7 0 General Information: Balaam continues to prophesy under the control of the Spirit of God.
NUM 24 8 x28i 0 God brings him Alternate translation: “God brings the Israelites”
NUM 24 8 n9ze figs-simile 0 with strength like a wild ox This simile emphasizes that the Israelites have great strength. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
NUM 24 8 y9vx figs-metaphor 0 He will eat up the nations Balaam speaks of the Israelites as if they are wild animals that eat their enemies. This means they will destroy their enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1325,7 +1319,6 @@ NUM 24 15 bp57 0 Balaam son of Beor Beor was Balaam’s father. See how you tr
NUM 24 15 bpl3 figs-idiom 0 whose eyes are wide open This idiom means he sees and understands clearly. See how you translated this in [Numbers 24:3](../24/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 24 16 bfa4 figs-abstractnouns 0 who has knowledge from the Most High The abstract term “knowledge” can be stated as an action. Alternate translation: “who knows things that God Most High has revealed to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 24 16 m31x translate-symaction 0 bows down This is a sign of submission to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
NUM 24 17 j1rk 0 General Information: Balaam continues the first of his four prophecies.
NUM 24 17 xt9l figs-parallelism 0 I see him, but he is not here now. I look at him, but he is not near Both of these statements mean the same thing. Balaam is having a vision of a future event. The word “him” refers to a future leader of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 24 17 zg5v writing-symlanguage 0 A star will come out of Jacob Here “star” refers to an Israelite king that will rise in power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
NUM 24 17 dbs9 figs-metonymy 0 out of Jacob Here “Jacob” refers to the descendants of Jacob. Alternate translation: “from among the descendants of Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1338,7 +1331,6 @@ NUM 24 18 nu8t figs-activepassive 0 Edom will become a possession of Israel If
NUM 24 18 w7ft figs-activepassive 0 Seir will also become their possession Here “Seir” refers to the people who lived near Mount Seir. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Israel will also conquer the people of Seir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 24 19 u3rj figs-metonymy 0 Out of Jacob a king will come Jacob was the ancestor of the Israelites. “Jacob” is a metonym that refers to the whole people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 24 19 d85v figs-explicit 0 of their city This refers to the city of Ar where Balak met Balaam. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 24 20 h7ft figs-metonymy 0 Balaam looked at Amalek Here “Amalek” is a metonym that refers to the people of Amalek. This continues Balaam’s vision while turning to look in the direction of the Amalek nation, and then he prophecies about the Amalekites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 24 20 j37m figs-123person 0 his final end A singular pronoun is used because the Amalekites are spoken of as a single person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
NUM 24 21 n23b translate-names 0 the Kenites This is the name of a people group who descended from Kain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 24 21 b7wk 0 The place where you live is strong Alternate translation: “The place were you live is well defended”
@ -1364,7 +1356,6 @@ NUM 25 8 kww8 0 He followed Alternate translation: “Phinehas followed”
NUM 25 11 z3sf 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh begins to speak to Moses.
NUM 25 11 j3xu figs-metaphor 0 turned my rage away from the people of Israel God’s rage is spoken of as if it were something that could be physically pushed aside in order to stop it. Alternate translation: “caused me to no longer be angry with the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 25 11 lt3f figs-metaphor 0 I have not consumed the people of Israel in my fierceness God is spoken of as if he were a fierce animal that could have eaten up the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “I have not destroyed the people of Israel in my terrible anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 25 12 pby2 0 Connecting Statement: This continues Yahweh’s speech from verse 11.
NUM 25 13 eu4w 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of Yahweh’s speech that begins in verse 11.
NUM 25 13 lgg4 figs-quotesinquotes 0 For him … of Israel.”’” This is the end of Yahweh’s speech from [Numbers 25:11](./10.md). This has quotations within quotations. The direct quotations can be stated as indirect quotation. “Therefore say to them that Yahweh says that he is giving to Phinehas his covenant of peace. For him and his descendants after him, it will be a covenant of an everlasting priesthood because he was zealous for Yahweh, his God. He has atoned for the people of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
NUM 25 14 u1w2 writing-background 0 Now This switches from the main story line to background information about Zimri and Kozbi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
NUM 26 53 k6p3 figs-activepassive 0 The land must be divided If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must divide the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 26 53 ut1a 0 these men This refers to all of the men that were counted in their clans, beginning in [Numbers 26:5](../26/05.md).
NUM 26 53 d4z2 0 according to the number of their names Alternate translation: “by the number of people in each clan”
NUM 26 54 i4k8 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
NUM 26 54 y96p figs-explicit 0 give more inheritance In this passage, the word “inheritance” refers to land inherited. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “give more land as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 26 54 zpe1 figs-activepassive 0 who were counted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the leaders of Israel counted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 26 55 a5bi figs-activepassive 0 the land must be divided If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must divide the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -1463,7 +1453,6 @@ NUM 27 3 tn9z 0 for his own sin Alternate translation: “because of his own s
NUM 27 4 g3j5 figs-rquestion 0 Why should our father’s name be taken away from among his clan members because he had no son? At that time, only sons received land as an inheritance. The daughters use this question to suggest that they should receive the inheritance and continue the family clan. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not remove our father’s name from the clan members just because he did not have a son.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 27 4 xm1p figs-explicit 0 Give us land among our father’s relatives This means that they are asking to inherit land near where their father’s relatives are inheriting land. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Give us land where our father’s relatives live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 27 7 nrv6 figs-explicit 0 among their father’s relatives This means that they will be inherit land where their father’s relatives are inheriting land. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “where their father’s relatives live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 27 9 u4h7 0 General Information: This continues God’s law about who will receive land if a man does not have any sons.
NUM 27 11 j9yd figs-activepassive 0 be a law established by decree for the people of Israel If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “be a law that all the people of Israel must obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 27 11 l371 0 has commanded me Here “me” refers to Moses.
NUM 27 12 qn5k translate-names 0 mountains of Abarim This is a range of mountains in Moab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1483,7 +1472,6 @@ NUM 27 17 t27b figs-simile 0 so that your community is not like sheep that have
NUM 27 18 t7dn 0 Take Joshua son of Nun, a man in whom my Spirit lives Yahweh’s Spirit is in Joshua, meaning that Joshua obeys Yahweh and follows his commands.
NUM 27 18 p1rd translate-symaction 0 lay your hand on him This is a sign of dedicating someone to God’s service. Alternate translation: “lay your hand on him to appoint him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
NUM 27 19 naq8 figs-synecdoche 0 command him before their eyes to lead them Here the people are represented by their “eyes” to emphasize what they see. Alternate translation: “in front of all of them command Joshua to lead the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NUM 27 20 k5gg 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses about Joshua.
NUM 27 20 k5n4 figs-metaphor 0 You must put some of your authority on him Here Yahweh speaks of Moses giving some of his authority to Joshua as if it were an article of clothing that he could put on him. Alternate translation: “You should give him some of your authority” or “Let him decide what the people should do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 27 21 xn7p translate-unknown 0 Urim This was a sacred stone that the High Priest wore on his chest plate. He used it to determine God’s will. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NUM 27 21 p15t figs-merism 0 It will be at his command that the people will go out and come in This means that Joshua will have authority to command the movements of the community of Israel. “Going out” and “coming in” are two opposite commands used to emphasize that he will have full command over their movements. Alternate translation: “He will command the community’s movements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
@ -1497,7 +1485,6 @@ NUM 28 intro yh9y 0 # Numbers 28 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in
NUM 28 2 vl5n 0 at the appointed times Alternate translation: “at the times that I haven chosen”
NUM 28 2 d2nc figs-activepassive 0 the food of my offerings made by fire to produce If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the food offerings that you will burn on the altar produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 28 2 ii63 0 a sweet aroma for me Alternate translation: “a smell I enjoy”
NUM 28 3 bba3 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 28 3 ng8v figs-activepassive 0 the offering made by fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “the burnt offering” or “the offering you have burned by fire on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 28 5 xae3 figs-activepassive 0 mixed with If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “which you have mixed with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 28 5 n3fd translate-fraction 0 a tenth of an ephah Alternate translation: “A tenth” means one part out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “2 liters” or “a tenth of an ephah (which is about 2 liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
@ -1508,11 +1495,9 @@ NUM 28 6 i5mv figs-activepassive 0 made by fire If your language does not use t
NUM 28 7 j24a translate-fraction 0 one-fourth of a hin Alternate translation: “One-fourth” means one part out of four equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “a liter” or “one-fourth of a hin (which is almost 1 liter)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 28 7 uf3m figs-explicit 0 You must pour out in the holy place a drink offering of strong drink to Yahweh This sentence describes the drink offering that is to accompany the lamb. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “It must be a drink offering of strong drink and you must pour it out in the holy place to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 28 8 sd8n figs-activepassive 0 like the one offered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “like the one you offered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 28 9 uvp3 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 28 9 nv9k translate-fraction 0 two-tenths of an ephah Alternate translation: “Two-tenths” means two parts out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters” or “two tenths of an ephah (which is about 4.5 liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 28 9 l25u figs-activepassive 0 mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which you have mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 28 9 rgb3 figs-explicit 0 the drink offering with it Many offerings had a drink offering that was required to be offered with them. The full meaning of the can be made clear. Alternate translation: “the drink offering that accompanies it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 28 11 cda3 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 28 12 rs1i translate-fraction 0 three-tenths of an ephah Alternate translation: “Three-tenths” means three parts out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “six liters” or “three-tenths of an ephah (which is about six liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 28 12 sa2r figs-activepassive 0 mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which you have mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 28 12 vr13 figs-ellipsis 0 two-tenths of fine flour The words “of an ephah” are understood and may stated clearly. “Two-tenths” means two parts out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters of fine flour” or “two-tenths of an ephah (which is about 4.5 liters) of fine flour” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
@ -1522,7 +1507,6 @@ NUM 28 14 fi54 translate-fraction 0 half a hin Alternate translation: “Half
NUM 28 14 uy8x translate-fraction 0 a third of a hin Alternate translation: “One third of a hin.” “A third” means one part out of three equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “1.2 liters” or “One and one-fifth liters” or “half a hin (which is 1.2 liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 28 14 t84u translate-fraction 0 one-fourth of a hin Alternate translation: “One-fourth” means one part out of four equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “a liter” or “one-fourth of a hin (which is almost 1 liter)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 28 15 pi9d figs-activepassive 0 One male goat as a sin offering to Yahweh must be offered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must offer one male goat to Yahweh as a sin offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 28 16 bny7 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 28 16 vq3q translate-hebrewmonths 0 the first month, on the fourteenth day of the month Alternate translation: “During the first month, on day 14 of the month.” This refers to the first month of the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 28 16 k2hc 0 comes Yahweh’s Passover Alternate translation: “you must celebrate Yahweh’s Passover”
NUM 28 17 agz5 translate-hebrewmonths 0 On the fifteenth day of this month Alternate translation: “On day 15 day of this month.” This refers to the first month of the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -1530,7 +1514,6 @@ NUM 28 17 l12w figs-activepassive 0 a feast is to be held If your language does
NUM 28 17 gw3f figs-activepassive 0 bread without yeast must be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “you must eat bread without yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 28 18 jgc4 translate-ordinal 0 On the first day This refers to the first day of the feast. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “On day 1 of the feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 28 18 wcl9 0 there must be a holy assembly to honor Yahweh Alternate translation: “you must gather together to worship and honor Yahweh.” The phrase “a holy assembly” means the people gather together to worship Yahweh. Worshiping Yahweh is a holy event.
NUM 28 19 ne82 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 28 19 v698 figs-activepassive 0 you must offer a sacrifice made by fire, a burnt offering The idea of “burnt” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must burn an offering on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 28 20 ztc9 translate-fraction 0 three-tenths of an ephah Alternate translation: “Three-tenths” means three parts out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “six liters” or “three-tenths of an ephah (which is about six liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 28 20 nb8c figs-activepassive 0 mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which you have mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -1543,14 +1526,12 @@ NUM 28 24 dh1t figs-activepassive 0 the food of the offering made by fire If yo
NUM 28 24 zv8n 0 a sweet aroma for Yahweh Alternate translation: “as a sweet aroma for Yahweh”
NUM 28 24 g7rd figs-activepassive 0 It must be offered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must offer it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 28 25 niw8 0 have a holy assembly to honor Yahweh Alternate translation: “gather together to worship and honor Yahweh.” The phrase “a holy assembly” means the people gather together to worship Yahweh. Worshiping Yahweh is a holy event.
NUM 28 26 x4se 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 28 26 m6k3 0 the day of the firstfruits Alternate translation: “the day of the firstfruits, that is the day.” This refers to the day during the Festival of Weeks when they offer the grain offering to Yahweh.
NUM 28 26 bm4a 0 have a holy assembly to honor Yahweh Alternate translation: “gather together to worship and honor Yahweh.” The phrase “a holy assembly” means the people gather together to worship Yahweh. Worshiping Yahweh is a holy event.
NUM 28 28 hu83 figs-activepassive 0 mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which you have mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 28 28 p6rr translate-fraction 0 three-tenths of an ephah Alternate translation: “Three tenths” means three parts out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “six liters” or “three-tenths of an ephah (which is about six liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 28 28 w5qw translate-fraction 0 three-tenths of an ephah Alternate translation: “Three tenths” means three parts out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “six liters” or “three-tenths of an ephah (which is about six liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 28 28 qfh5 figs-ellipsis 0 two-tenths The words “of an ephah of fine flour” are understood from the previous phrase and can be repeated. “Two-tenths” means two parts out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters of fine flour” or “two-tenths of an ephah of fine flour (which is about 4.5 liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 28 29 d6vj 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 28 29 tdh2 translate-fraction 0 a tenth of an ephah Alternate translation: “A tenth” means one part out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “2 liters” or “a tenth of an ephah (which is about 2 liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 28 29 t9h7 figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour which you mix with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 28 30 yj1e figs-abstractnouns 0 to make atonement The word “atonement” can be expressed with the verb “atone.” Alternate translation: “to atone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -1560,7 +1541,6 @@ NUM 29 1 n5nd 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the p
NUM 29 1 wr36 translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the seventh month, on the first day of the month This refers to the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. Alternate translation: “On day 1 of month 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 29 1 c4iy 0 have a holy assembly to honor Yahweh Alternate translation: “gather together to worship and honor Yahweh.” The phrase “a holy assembly” means the people gather together to worship Yahweh. Worshiping Yahweh is a holy event.
NUM 29 1 d1mb figs-synecdoche 0 It will be a day when you blow trumpets The word “you” refers to the people of Israel who here represent the priests. The priests blew the trumpet to begin a worship service or to gather the community together. Alternate translation: “It will be a day when the priests blow trumpets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NUM 29 2 f95f 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 29 3 k2nl figs-possession 0 their grain offering This refers to the grain offerings that are required to accompany each of the animals when they are sacrificed. Alternate translation: “the grain offerings that are offered with them” or “the grain offerings that accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
NUM 29 3 mh5z figs-activepassive 0 mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which you have mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 29 3 yys9 translate-fraction 0 three-tenths of an ephah The phrase “of fine flour mixed with oil” is understood from the previous phrase and can be repeated. “Three-tenths” means three parts out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “six liters of fine flour mixed with oil” or “three-tenths of an ephah (which is about six liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
@ -1572,7 +1552,6 @@ NUM 29 6 frt3 0 of each month: the special burnt offering … with it Alternat
NUM 29 6 h1cf figs-possession 0 the regular burnt offering, its grain offering, and its drink offerings This refers to the offerings the priests were to give every day. The grain offering and drink offering were to be offered with the regular burnt offering. Alternate translation: “the regular burnt offering, with the grain offering and drink offerings that accompany it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
NUM 29 6 nh25 figs-activepassive 0 you will obey what has been decreed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will obey Yahweh’s decree” or “you will obey what Yahweh had decreed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 29 6 kle9 figs-activepassive 0 an offering made by fire to Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “an offering you burnt on the altar to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 29 7 dds2 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 29 7 v8xp translate-hebrewmonths 0 the tenth day of the seventh month Alternate translation: “day 10 of month 7” The word “month” refers to those in the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 29 7 dka4 0 have a holy assembly to honor Yahweh Alternate translation: “gather together to worship and honor Yahweh.” The phrase “a holy assembly” means the people gather together to worship Yahweh. Worshiping Yahweh is a holy event.
NUM 29 9 k4tv figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour which you have mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -1581,7 +1560,6 @@ NUM 29 9 bde9 figs-ellipsis 0 two-tenths The words “of an ephah” are unders
NUM 29 10 n1nx translate-fraction 0 a tenth of an ephah Alternate translation: “A tenth” means one part out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “2 liters” or “a tenth of an ephah (which is about 2 liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 29 11 ray5 figs-abstractnouns 0 of atonement The word “atonement” can be expressed with the verb “atone.” Alternate translation: “that atones for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 29 11 cc81 figs-possession 0 its grain offering, and their drink offerings The grain offering was to be offered with the burnt offering. The drink offerings were to be offered with both the sin offering and the burnt offering. Alternate translation: “along with the grain offering and the drink offerings that accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
NUM 29 12 nai8 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 29 12 kw4n translate-hebrewmonths 0 the fifteenth day of the seventh month Alternate translation: “day 15 of month 7.” The word “month” refer to those in the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 29 12 e72q 0 have a holy assembly to honor Yahweh Alternate translation: “gather together to worship and honor Yahweh.” The phrase “a holy assembly” means the people gather together to worship Yahweh. Worshiping Yahweh is a holy event.
NUM 29 12 e2ym figs-idiom 0 you must keep the festival for him This is an idiom. Here the word “keep” means to observe or celebrate. The word “him” refers to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “you must observe the festival for Yahweh” or “you must celebrate the festival for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -1602,7 +1580,6 @@ NUM 29 20 mi8p translate-ordinal 0 the third day of the assembly Alternate tran
NUM 29 20 r4i9 translate-numbers 0 eleven bulls, two rams, and fourteen male lambs Alternate translation: “11 bulls, 2 rams, and 14 male lambs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 29 21 q47t figs-activepassive 0 as were commanded If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as Yahweh commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 29 22 fe9m figs-possession 0 its grain offering, and their drink offerings The grain offering was to be offered with the burnt offering. The drink offerings were to be offered with both the sin offering and the burnt offering. Alternate translation: “along with the grain offering and the drink offerings that accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
NUM 29 23 g35h 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do during the festival in the seventh month.
NUM 29 23 kxu3 translate-ordinal 0 the fourth day of the assembly Alternate translation: “day 4 of the festival.” Here the word “assembly” refers to the Festival of Weeks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 29 23 v266 translate-numbers 0 fourteen male lambs Alternate translation: “14 male lambs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 29 24 g8rl figs-activepassive 0 as were commanded If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as Yahweh commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -1651,7 +1628,6 @@ NUM 30 8 n9fw figs-parallelism 0 the vow that she has made … the rash talk of
NUM 30 8 j925 figs-synecdoche 0 the rash talk of her lips The phrase “the rash talk” refers to the rash promise that she made. Here “her lips” means the woman herself. She is referred to as “her lips” because lips are related to what she says. Alternate translation: “the rash things she has said” or “her rash promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NUM 30 8 pen9 figs-metaphor 0 with which she has bound herself Here Moses speaks of how a woman has committed herself to fulfilling a promise as if her promise were a physical object that she had bound to her body. Alternate translation: “that she has committed herself to fulfill” See how this is translated in [Numbers 30:4](./04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 30 8 dgy8 figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh will release her Here Moses speaks about Yahweh forgiving the woman for not fulfilling her vow as if he were releasing her from something that bound her. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will forgive her” or “Yahweh will forgive her for not fulfilling her vow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 30 9 g5l3 0 General Information: Moses continues telling the leaders of the tribes what Yahweh has commanded.
NUM 30 9 vr6d figs-activepassive 0 a divorced woman If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a woman whom a man has divorced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 30 9 aab4 figs-idiom 0 will stand against her This is an idiom. It means that her vows will remain in effect and she will be required to fulfill them. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Numbers 30:4](./04.md). Alternate translation: “she will be obligated to fulfill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 30 10 svt7 figs-explicit 0 If a woman made a vow in her husband’s house This refers to a married woman. You can make the meaning of this statement clear. Alternate translation: “If a married woman makes a vow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1698,12 +1674,10 @@ NUM 31 23 lv3d 0 water of cleansing This refers to water that someone has mixe
NUM 31 24 y8tf 0 then you will become clean These are the customs of becoming ceremonially clean before Yahweh.
NUM 31 26 gv9a figs-activepassive 0 Count all the plundered things that were taken If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Count all of the possessions that the soldiers took” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 31 26 i5qv 0 the leaders of the community’s ancestor’s clans Alternate translation: “the leaders of each clan”
NUM 31 28 f8wf 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. The word “me” refers to Yahweh.
NUM 31 28 ar4h figs-activepassive 0 Then levy a tax to be given to me from the soldiers who went out to battle If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Collect a tax from the soldiers’ plunder and give it to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 31 28 hv3b translate-numbers 0 every five hundred Alternate translation: “every 500” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 31 29 w6nr 0 from their half Alternate translation: “from the soldiers’ half”
NUM 31 29 eds7 figs-activepassive 0 to be presented to me If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which he will present to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 31 30 x2qb 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
NUM 31 30 e7ze 0 Also from the people of Israel’s half Alternate translation: “Also from the people of Israel’s half of the plunder”
NUM 31 30 s2xh 0 who take care those who oversee and maintain the tabernacle and sacrifices to Yahweh
NUM 31 32 s6hw 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main teaching. Here Moses begins listing the amount of plunder and how much went to the soldiers, to the people, and to Yahweh.
@ -1754,7 +1728,6 @@ NUM 32 5 gd1t figs-explicit 0 Do not make us cross over the Jordan They wanted
NUM 32 6 sua3 figs-rquestion 0 Should your brothers go to war while you settle down here? Moses asks this question to rebuke the people from the tribes of Gad and Reuben. Alternate translation: “It is wrong for you to settle down in this land while your brothers go to war.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 32 7 c23x figs-rquestion 0 Why discourage the hearts … the land that Yahweh has given them? Moses asks this question to correct the people from the tribes of Gad and Reuben. Alternate translation: “Do not discourage the hearts … the land that Yahweh has given them.” or “Your actions would discourage the hearts … the land that Yahweh has given them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 32 7 yrl5 figs-synecdoche 0 discourage the hearts of the people of Israel from going Here the word “hearts” represents the people themselves and refers to the seat of their emotions. Alternate translation: “discourage the people of Israel from going” or “cause the people of Israel to not want to go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NUM 32 8 v1cy 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Reuben and Gad.
NUM 32 9 ge3e translate-names 0 Valley of Eshkol This is the name of a place. See how you translated this in [Numbers 13:23](../13/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 32 9 jta2 figs-explicit 0 They saw the land This refers to seeing what was in the land. Alternate translation: “They saw the strong people and cities in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 32 9 z21f figs-synecdoche 0 discouraged the hearts of the people of Israel Here the word “hearts” represents the people themselves and refers to the seat of their emotions. See how you translated this in [Numbers 32:7](../32/07.md). Alternate translation: “discouraged the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -1837,42 +1810,30 @@ NUM 33 44 b2kj translate-names 0 General Information: Moses lists the places th
NUM 33 47 ilj5 translate-names 0 General Information: Moses lists the places the Israelites went after they left Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 33 48 hc7z 0 plains a large area of flat land
NUM 33 52 ua9d 0 demolish all their high places Alternate translation: “destroy all of their high places”
NUM 33 53 wt1a 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 33 54 q2gz figs-metaphor 0 inherit the land The Israelites claiming the land as their permanent possession is spoken of as if they were inheriting the land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 33 54 m66j 0 Wherever the lot falls to each clan, that land will belong to it Alternate translation: “Each clan will receive the land according to how the lot falls”
NUM 33 55 ebs2 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 33 55 l4n8 figs-simile 0 like objects in your eyes and thorns in your sides Just like a small object in a person’s eye or a small thorn that sticks into a person skin can cause great irritation, so even a small portion of the Canaanites, if left in the land, would cause great trouble for the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
NUM 34 intro z166 0 # Numbers 34 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 34:19-28 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### The boundaries<br>Moses told them all of the land they would inherit and live in and said that they should divide it up by casting lots. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])
NUM 34 3 c7ax 0 wilderness of Zin See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 33:12](../33/12.md).
NUM 34 4 i8yz translate-names 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where the borders are for the land that he is giving to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 34 6 aj34 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where the borders are for the land that he is giving to the Israelites.
NUM 34 7 pzt2 translate-names 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where the borders are for the land that he is giving to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 34 7 ucc8 0 Mount Hor See how you translated this name in [Numbers 20:22](../20/22.md).
NUM 34 10 zu3a translate-names 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where the borders are for the land that he is giving to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 34 13 v8m7 0 to the nine tribes and to the half tribe This means the remaining tribes of Israel who will live on the west side of the Jordan River in the land of Canaan. The tribes of Reuben and Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh had already received their land on the east side of the Jordan River.
NUM 34 14 t2jx 0 following the assignment of property to their ancestor’s tribe Alternate translation: “according to how Yahweh assigned the property to their ancestor’s tribe”
NUM 34 15 e78v 0 The two tribes and the half tribe Alternate translation: “The tribes of Reuben and Gad, and half of the tribe of Manasseh”
NUM 34 17 dt2u figs-you 0 divide the land for your inheritance Here “your” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. These men will cast lots to divide the land. Then they will distribute it to the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
NUM 34 19 d75w translate-names 0 General Information: This is the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 34 21 ddd5 translate-names 0 General Information: This continues the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 34 24 jyl2 translate-names 0 General Information: This continues the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 34 27 hsm6 translate-names 0 General Information: This concludes the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 35 intro rg3i 0 # Numbers 35 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Revenge<br>Yahweh told Moses to establish safe places for people who accidentally killed other people. This prevented revenge killings. Justice is an important concept in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
NUM 35 1 z6sc 0 plains a large area of flat land
NUM 35 2 ww25 0 give some of their own shares of land to the Levites Yahweh did not give the Levites their own land, so they had to live in cities that belonged to other tribes.
NUM 35 2 hlb8 0 pastureland an area of land where animals feed on grass
NUM 35 4 fb2e translate-numbers 0 one thousand cubits Alternate translation: “1,000 cubits.” If it is necessary to use modern distance units, here is a way of doing it. Alternate translation: “457 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
NUM 35 5 vih1 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 35 5 cr3z translate-bdistance 0 two thousand cubits Alternate translation: “2,000 cubits.” A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 35 6 g8wz 0 a person who has killed someone This refers to people who have killed someone, but it had not yet been determined whether they killed the person intentionally or accidentally.
NUM 35 8 jeg5 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 35 11 fy84 0 unintentionally accidentally or without wanting to or trying to
NUM 35 12 vp5m 0 the avenger This refers to a close relative that seeks vengeance by killing the accused man.
NUM 35 12 le4k figs-activepassive 0 so that the accused man will not be killed without first standing trial before the community If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that no one will kill the accused man before the community is able to judge him in court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 35 14 s5n6 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 35 16 zkm4 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 35 16 z14e figs-activepassive 0 He must certainly be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must certainly execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 35 19 wx13 figs-metonymy 0 The avenger of blood Here the word “blood” is a metonym for the murder. Alternate translation: “The one who avenges the murder” or “The relative seeking vengeance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 35 21 b1cz figs-activepassive 0 the accused who struck him must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the relative must certainly execute the accused man” or “the accused man must die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -1882,7 +1843,6 @@ NUM 35 24 gs31 figs-metonymy 0 the avenger of blood Here the word “blood” i
NUM 35 25 nz1w figs-explicit 0 The community must rescue the accused This means if the community judges that the death was accidental then they must save the accused man from the relative who wants to kill him. If the community judges that the death was not accidental, then the relative must execute the accused man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 35 25 f819 figs-activepassive 0 the one who was anointed with the holy oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one you anointed with holy oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 35 27 db74 figs-metonymy 0 the avenger of blood Here the word “blood” is a metonym for the murder. See how you translated these words in [Numbers 35:19](../35/19.md). Alternate translation: “the one who avenges the murder” or “the relative seeking vengeance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 35 29 zfc7 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 35 29 b5jp 0 through all your people’s generations Alternate translation: “and all of your descendants who will live after you”
NUM 35 30 l81w figs-activepassive 0 the murderer must be killed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone must execute the murderer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 35 30 e5vq figs-activepassive 0 as testified to by the words of witnesses If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to the testimony of witnesses” or “as witnesses testify to the murder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 685 and column 221.
@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ JDG 8 34 k1h5 figs-metonymy 0 from the hand of all their enemies Here “hand
JDG 8 34 lqk5 0 on every side Alternate translation: “who surrounded them”
JDG 8 35 svf8 figs-metonymy 0 the house of Jerub Baal Here “the house of” represents a person’s family. Alternate translation: “the family of Jerub Baal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 8 35 w3k3 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
JDG 9 intro zl19 0 # Judges 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jotham’s curse<br><br>Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>=##### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Tree metaphor<br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JDG 9 intro zl19 0 # Judges 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jotham’s curse<br><br>Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Tree metaphor<br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JDG 9 1 cb58 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
JDG 9 2 gfl5 figs-quotesinquotes 0 Please say this, so that all the leaders in Shechem may hear, ‘Which is better for you, that all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over you, or that just one rule over you?’ This has a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Please ask the leaders of Shechem if they would rather have all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over them, or if they would rather have just one of his sons rule over them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
Here “the house of” represents a person’s family. Alternate translation: “the family of Jerub Baal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
599
JDG
8
35
w3k3
0
Jerub Baal
This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
600
JDG
9
intro
zl19
0
# Judges 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jotham’s curse<br><br>Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>=##### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Tree metaphor<br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])# Judges 9 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jotham’s curse<br><br>Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Tree metaphor<br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
601
JDG
9
1
cb58
0
Jerub Baal
This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
602
JDG
9
2
gfl5
figs-quotesinquotes
0
Please say this, so that all the leaders in Shechem may hear, ‘Which is better for you, that all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over you, or that just one rule over you?’
This has a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Please ask the leaders of Shechem if they would rather have all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over them, or if they would rather have just one of his sons rule over them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 15 34 p6j7 translate-names 0 Ramah … Gibeah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1SA 15 34 wed2 0 went up to his house at Gibeah Gibeah was higher in elevation than Gilgal where Saul and Samuel had been talking.
1SA 15 35 hha6 0 Samuel did not see Saul until the day of his death Alternate translation: “Samuel did not see Saul again for as long as he lived”
1SA 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Samuel 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### 1 Samuel 16-31 Saul and David<br>Chapter 16 establishes God’s choice of David to be the next king. David receives the Holy Spirit to empower and guide him as the king. This chapter also records the Holy Spirit leaving Saul because of his disobedience. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David chosen to be the next king<br>Humans judge others by what they look like, but God judges people by their true inner character. God rejected David’s older brothers in favor of David, who truly loved and obeyed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>==Rhetorical Question ==<br>God scolds Samuel with this rhetorical question for his unwillingness to accept God’s decision: “How long will you mourn for Saul, since I have rejected him from being king over Israel?” It was wrong to mourn because it was God’s punishment of Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1SA 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Samuel 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### 1 Samuel 16-31 Saul and David<br>Chapter 16 establishes God’s choice of David to be the next king. David receives the Holy Spirit to empower and guide him as the king. This chapter also records the Holy Spirit leaving Saul because of his disobedience. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David chosen to be the next king<br>Humans judge others by what they look like, but God judges people by their true inner character. God rejected David’s older brothers in favor of David, who truly loved and obeyed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Question<br>God scolds Samuel with this rhetorical question for his unwillingness to accept God’s decision: “How long will you mourn for Saul, since I have rejected him from being king over Israel?” It was wrong to mourn because it was God’s punishment of Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1SA 16 1 ib7t figs-rquestion 0 How long will you mourn for Saul, since I have rejected him from being king over Israel? This rhetorical question is a rebuke from God and can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Stop mourning that I rejected Saul from being king over Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1SA 16 1 aav1 0 Fill your horn with oil The term “horn” was sometimes used to refer to a “flask” that was shaped like a horn and was used for holding water or oil. A flask of oil was used for anointing a king.
1SA 16 2 msu1 figs-rquestion 0 How can I go? Samuel uses a question to emphasize that he is worried about going to Bethlehem. Alternate translation: “I cannot go!” or “I am afraid to go.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1
Book
Chapter
Verse
ID
SupportReference
OrigQuote
Occurrence
GLQuote
OccurrenceNote
693
1SA
15
34
p6j7
translate-names
0
Ramah … Gibeah
These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
694
1SA
15
34
wed2
0
went up to his house at Gibeah
Gibeah was higher in elevation than Gilgal where Saul and Samuel had been talking.
695
1SA
15
35
hha6
0
Samuel did not see Saul until the day of his death
Alternate translation: “Samuel did not see Saul again for as long as he lived”
696
1SA
16
intro
abcg
0
# 1 Samuel 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### 1 Samuel 16-31 Saul and David<br>Chapter 16 establishes God’s choice of David to be the next king. David receives the Holy Spirit to empower and guide him as the king. This chapter also records the Holy Spirit leaving Saul because of his disobedience. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David chosen to be the next king<br>Humans judge others by what they look like, but God judges people by their true inner character. God rejected David’s older brothers in favor of David, who truly loved and obeyed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>==Rhetorical Question ==<br>God scolds Samuel with this rhetorical question for his unwillingness to accept God’s decision: “How long will you mourn for Saul, since I have rejected him from being king over Israel?” It was wrong to mourn because it was God’s punishment of Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])# 1 Samuel 16 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### 1 Samuel 16-31 Saul and David<br>Chapter 16 establishes God’s choice of David to be the next king. David receives the Holy Spirit to empower and guide him as the king. This chapter also records the Holy Spirit leaving Saul because of his disobedience. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David chosen to be the next king<br>Humans judge others by what they look like, but God judges people by their true inner character. God rejected David’s older brothers in favor of David, who truly loved and obeyed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Question<br>God scolds Samuel with this rhetorical question for his unwillingness to accept God’s decision: “How long will you mourn for Saul, since I have rejected him from being king over Israel?” It was wrong to mourn because it was God’s punishment of Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
697
1SA
16
1
ib7t
figs-rquestion
0
How long will you mourn for Saul, since I have rejected him from being king over Israel?
This rhetorical question is a rebuke from God and can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Stop mourning that I rejected Saul from being king over Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
698
1SA
16
1
aav1
0
Fill your horn with oil
The term “horn” was sometimes used to refer to a “flask” that was shaped like a horn and was used for holding water or oil. A flask of oil was used for anointing a king.
699
1SA
16
2
msu1
figs-rquestion
0
How can I go?
Samuel uses a question to emphasize that he is worried about going to Bethlehem. Alternate translation: “I cannot go!” or “I am afraid to go.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
1KI front intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 1 Kings<br><br>1. David dies and Solomon begins to reign (1:1-2:46)<br>1. Solomon reigns (3:1–11:43)<br> * Solomon becomes wise and wealthy (3:1–4:43)<br> * Solomon’s temple (5:1–8:66)<br> * Rise and fall of Solomon (9:1–11:43)<br>1. The kingdom divides (12:1-14:31)<br> * Rehoboam succeeds Solomon (12:1–24)<br> * Jeroboam rules the northern kingdom of Israel (12:25–33)<br> * Ahijah prophesies against Jeroboam (13:1–14:20)<br> * Rehoboam’s end (14:21–31)<br>1. Kings and events in Israel and Judah (15:1-22:53)<br> * Abijah and Asa in Judah (15:1–24)<br> * Nadab in Israel (15:25–32)<br> * Baasha in Israel (15:33–16:7)<br> * Elah in Israel (16:8–14)<br> * Zimri in Israel (16:15–22)<br> * Omri in Israel (16:23–28)<br> * Ahab in Israel (16:29–22:40)<br> * Jehoshaphat in Judah (22:41–50)<br> * Ahaziah in Israel (22:51–53)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?<br><br>These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.<br><br>In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.<br><br>The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?<br><br>These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?<br><br>In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.<br><br>### What does the king “did what was right (or evil) in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Can I translate the Book of 1 Kings before I translate the Books of 1 and 2 Samuel?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Samuel should be translated before 1 Kings, since 1 Kings continues from where 2 Samuel ends.
1KI 1 intro v496 0 # 1 Kings 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1 Kings is a continuation of 2 Samuel.<br><br>This chapter records the beginning of the reign of Solomon (chapters 1-11) after the death of David.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==The next king==<br>David did not announce who was to succeed him. Because of this, there was fighting between David’s sons over who should be king. Adonijah invited guests to a banquet and declared himself king. Then those favoring Solomon told David and he declared Solomon the new king.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>Several times in this chapter, the people use the idiom “sit on the throne” to mean “be king.” Solomon assures Adonijah that if he behaves himself “not a hair of his will fall to the earth,” meaning “he will not be harmed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 1 intro v496 0 # 1 Kings 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1 Kings is a continuation of 2 Samuel.<br><br>This chapter records the beginning of the reign of Solomon (chapters 1-11) after the death of David.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The next king<br><br>David did not announce who was to succeed him. Because of this, there was fighting between David’s sons over who should be king. Adonijah invited guests to a banquet and declared himself king. Then those favoring Solomon told David and he declared Solomon the new king.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>Several times in this chapter, the people use the idiom “sit on the throne” to mean “be king.” Solomon assures Adonijah that if he behaves himself “not a hair of his will fall to the earth,” meaning “he will not be harmed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 1 1 pwg1 0 covered him with blankets They put many blankets on King David to try to keep him warm.
1KI 1 1 b43p figs-doublet 0 old and advanced in years “very old.” The two phrases are similar in meaning and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]].)
1KI 1 3 f51x 0 So they searched Alternate translation: “So the king’s servants searched”
@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 9 26 k7ed figs-synecdoche 0 King Solomon built It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1KI 9 26 f1yt 0 a fleet of ships Alternate translation: “a large group of ships”
1KI 9 28 sv65 translate-numbers 0 420 talents of gold “four hundred and twenty talents of gold.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “about 14,000 kilograms of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
1KI 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Kings 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomon’s wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>==Queen of Sheba ==<br>King Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
1KI 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Kings 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomon’s wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Queen of Sheba<br><br>King Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
1KI 10 1 ll43 figs-metonymy 0 Solomon’s fame concerning the name of Yahweh Here Yahweh is represented by his “name.” This could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which glorified Yahweh” or (2) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which Yahweh had given him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 10 2 ktj1 figs-hyperbole 0 all that was in her heart This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “everything she wanted to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1KI 10 5 cyv4 0 the seating of his servants This could mean: (1) “how his servants were seated around the table” or (2) “where his servants lived.”
1
Book
Chapter
Verse
ID
SupportReference
OrigQuote
Occurrence
GLQuote
OccurrenceNote
2
1KI
front
intro
h5yn
0
# Introduction to 1 Kings<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 1 Kings<br><br>1. David dies and Solomon begins to reign (1:1-2:46)<br>1. Solomon reigns (3:1–11:43)<br> * Solomon becomes wise and wealthy (3:1–4:43)<br> * Solomon’s temple (5:1–8:66)<br> * Rise and fall of Solomon (9:1–11:43)<br>1. The kingdom divides (12:1-14:31)<br> * Rehoboam succeeds Solomon (12:1–24)<br> * Jeroboam rules the northern kingdom of Israel (12:25–33)<br> * Ahijah prophesies against Jeroboam (13:1–14:20)<br> * Rehoboam’s end (14:21–31)<br>1. Kings and events in Israel and Judah (15:1-22:53)<br> * Abijah and Asa in Judah (15:1–24)<br> * Nadab in Israel (15:25–32)<br> * Baasha in Israel (15:33–16:7)<br> * Elah in Israel (16:8–14)<br> * Zimri in Israel (16:15–22)<br> * Omri in Israel (16:23–28)<br> * Ahab in Israel (16:29–22:40)<br> * Jehoshaphat in Judah (22:41–50)<br> * Ahaziah in Israel (22:51–53)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?<br><br>These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.<br><br>In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.<br><br>The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?<br><br>These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?<br><br>In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.<br><br>### What does the king “did what was right (or evil) in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Can I translate the Book of 1 Kings before I translate the Books of 1 and 2 Samuel?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Samuel should be translated before 1 Kings, since 1 Kings continues from where 2 Samuel ends.
3
1KI
1
intro
v496
0
# 1 Kings 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1 Kings is a continuation of 2 Samuel.<br><br>This chapter records the beginning of the reign of Solomon (chapters 1-11) after the death of David.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==The next king==<br>David did not announce who was to succeed him. Because of this, there was fighting between David’s sons over who should be king. Adonijah invited guests to a banquet and declared himself king. Then those favoring Solomon told David and he declared Solomon the new king.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>Several times in this chapter, the people use the idiom “sit on the throne” to mean “be king.” Solomon assures Adonijah that if he behaves himself “not a hair of his will fall to the earth,” meaning “he will not be harmed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])# 1 Kings 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1 Kings is a continuation of 2 Samuel.<br><br>This chapter records the beginning of the reign of Solomon (chapters 1-11) after the death of David.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The next king<br><br>David did not announce who was to succeed him. Because of this, there was fighting between David’s sons over who should be king. Adonijah invited guests to a banquet and declared himself king. Then those favoring Solomon told David and he declared Solomon the new king.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>Several times in this chapter, the people use the idiom “sit on the throne” to mean “be king.” Solomon assures Adonijah that if he behaves himself “not a hair of his will fall to the earth,” meaning “he will not be harmed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4
1KI
1
1
pwg1
0
covered him with blankets
They put many blankets on King David to try to keep him warm.
5
1KI
1
1
b43p
figs-doublet
0
old and advanced in years
“very old.” The two phrases are similar in meaning and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]].)
6
1KI
1
3
f51x
0
So they searched
Alternate translation: “So the king’s servants searched”
675
1KI
9
26
k7ed
figs-synecdoche
0
King Solomon built
It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
676
1KI
9
26
f1yt
0
a fleet of ships
Alternate translation: “a large group of ships”
677
1KI
9
28
sv65
translate-numbers
0
420 talents of gold
“four hundred and twenty talents of gold.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “about 14,000 kilograms of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
678
1KI
10
intro
abca
0
# 1 Kings 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomon’s wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>==Queen of Sheba ==<br>King Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])# 1 Kings 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomon’s wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Queen of Sheba<br><br>King Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
679
1KI
10
1
ll43
figs-metonymy
0
Solomon’s fame concerning the name of Yahweh
Here Yahweh is represented by his “name.” This could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which glorified Yahweh” or (2) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which Yahweh had given him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
680
1KI
10
2
ktj1
figs-hyperbole
0
all that was in her heart
This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “everything she wanted to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
681
1KI
10
5
cyv4
0
the seating of his servants
This could mean: (1) “how his servants were seated around the table” or (2) “where his servants lived.”
@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 5 27 zy6v 0 the leprosy of Naaman will be on you and your descendants This speaks of Gehazi and his descendant getting leprosy as if Naaman’s leprosy was taken from him and given to Gehazi. Alternate translation: “you and your descendants will have leprosy, just as Naaman had leprosy”
2KI 5 27 qcw4 figs-idiom 0 So Gehazi went out from his presence The phrase “his presence” refers to the area where Elisha could see him. This means that he left the room where Elisha was. Alternate translation: “When Gehazi left the room, he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 5 27 j8kw figs-simile 0 as white as snow Leprosy makes skin white. Here Gehazi’s leprous skin is compared to the color of snow. Alternate translation: “with skin that was white like snow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2KI 6 intro x6uv 0 # 2 Kings 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==Impossible actions ==<br>Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br>The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
2KI 6 intro x6uv 0 # 2 Kings 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Impossible actions<br><br>Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br>The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
2KI 6 1 u5ch figs-idiom 0 The sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “The group of prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 6 2 g72i figs-explicit 0 let us go to the Jordan This refers to the area by the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “let us go beside the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2KI 6 3 hhg8 0 your servants Here one of the prophet refers to the of the sons of the prophets as Elisha’s servants to show him honor.
1
Book
Chapter
Verse
ID
SupportReference
OrigQuote
Occurrence
GLQuote
OccurrenceNote
276
2KI
5
27
zy6v
0
the leprosy of Naaman will be on you and your descendants
This speaks of Gehazi and his descendant getting leprosy as if Naaman’s leprosy was taken from him and given to Gehazi. Alternate translation: “you and your descendants will have leprosy, just as Naaman had leprosy”
277
2KI
5
27
qcw4
figs-idiom
0
So Gehazi went out from his presence
The phrase “his presence” refers to the area where Elisha could see him. This means that he left the room where Elisha was. Alternate translation: “When Gehazi left the room, he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
278
2KI
5
27
j8kw
figs-simile
0
as white as snow
Leprosy makes skin white. Here Gehazi’s leprous skin is compared to the color of snow. Alternate translation: “with skin that was white like snow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
279
2KI
6
intro
x6uv
0
# 2 Kings 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==Impossible actions ==<br>Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br>The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])# 2 Kings 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Impossible actions<br><br>Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br>The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
280
2KI
6
1
u5ch
figs-idiom
0
The sons of the prophets
This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “The group of prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
281
2KI
6
2
g72i
figs-explicit
0
let us go to the Jordan
This refers to the area by the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “let us go beside the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
282
2KI
6
3
hhg8
0
your servants
Here one of the prophet refers to the of the sons of the prophets as Elisha’s servants to show him honor.
@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ ISA 4 4 l3vm 0 spirit of judgment This could mean: (1) Yahweh will punish the
ISA 4 4 si1b figs-metaphor 0 the spirit of flaming fire This could mean: (1) this is a metaphor that means Yahweh will remove sinners from Zion like a fire removes impurities or (2) “flaming fire” is a metonym that represents the destruction in general of all the sinners. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ISA 4 5 yk4j 0 a canopy over all the glory This could mean: (1) a canopy for protecting the glorious city, or (2) a canopy consisting of God’s glory that will protect the city. If the first meaning is followed, then it may further mean that the city is glorious because Yahweh is present in it.
ISA 4 5 h7ct 0 canopy This is a cloth that is hung over something to cover it for protecton.
ISA 5 intro g25h 0 # Isaiah 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Woe<br>This chapter presents a series of woes, or judgments against those who are spoken against. Most of these judgements are due to the lack of justice in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Allegory<br>This chapter begins as an allegory. An allegory is a story with a symbolic meaning. This allegory is meant to teach the Jews that they sinned against Yahweh and that there was nothing more he could have done for them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>==Animals being present where people once lived==<br>Verse 17 (“Then the sheep will feed as in their own pasture, and in the ruins of the rich people, lambs will graze”) is an example of the Old Testament’s prophets’ habit of describing complete ruin and desolation in terms of a picture of animals--usually wild animals, but here sheep and lambs--living in or feeding in those places. Whether the picture is of flocks or wild animals, the purpose is to say that the human habitation has gone back to wild nature, and that this has happened because of God’s punishment on the people.
ISA 5 intro g25h 0 # Isaiah 5 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Woe<br>This chapter presents a series of woes, or judgments against those who are spoken against. Most of these judgements are due to the lack of justice in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Allegory<br>This chapter begins as an allegory. An allegory is a story with a symbolic meaning. This allegory is meant to teach the Jews that they sinned against Yahweh and that there was nothing more he could have done for them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Animals being present where people once lived<br><br>Verse 17 (“Then the sheep will feed as in their own pasture, and in the ruins of the rich people, lambs will graze”) is an example of the Old Testament’s prophets’ habit of describing complete ruin and desolation in terms of a picture of animals--usually wild animals, but here sheep and lambs--living in or feeding in those places. Whether the picture is of flocks or wild animals, the purpose is to say that the human habitation has gone back to wild nature, and that this has happened because of God’s punishment on the people.
ISA 5 1 wd3z figs-parables 0 General Information: Isaiah tells a parable about a farmer and his vineyard. The farmer represents God and the vineyard represents the people of Judah, the southern kingdom of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
ISA 5 1 csd3 0 my well beloved Alternate translation: “my dear friend”
ISA 5 1 y5t9 0 on a very fertile hill Alternate translation: “on a hill where very good crops could grow”
@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@ JER 12 16 j3ji figs-idiom 0 As Yahweh lives “As surely as Yahweh is alive.”
JER 12 16 uph7 figs-metaphor 0 they will be built up in the midst of my people This speaks of the people becoming prosperous as if they were a building that was being built. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will build them up in the midst of my people” or “I will make them wealthy and they will live among my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 12 16 pe5g 0 midst middle
JER 12 17 w4yd figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 13 intro ky38 0 # Jeremiah 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:15-27.<br><br>===Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter ===<br><br>### Symbolism<br><br>The action of hiding the undergarment was intended to be a symbolic event. It was supposed to get the Jews’ attention and be a lesson for them to learn. Jeremiah performed the action, but it was not the action itself that was important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 13 intro ky38 0 # Jeremiah 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:15-27.<br><br>### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Symbolism<br><br>The action of hiding the undergarment was intended to be a symbolic event. It was supposed to get the Jews’ attention and be a lesson for them to learn. Jeremiah performed the action, but it was not the action itself that was important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 13 1 yq1d 0 linen a type of very fine cloth
JER 13 1 puq2 0 undergarment clothing that people wear under their clothes; underwear
JER 13 1 d4jw 0 waist the middle part of the body, usually the narrowest, between the hips and chest
LUK 10 14 txw5 figs-explicit ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 at the judgment The disciples would have understood that Jesus was referring to the time when God will bring final judgment. Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 10 14 l580 figs-youdual ὑμῖν 1 you Since Jesus is addressing two cities, **you** would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. Alternate translation: “you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
LUK 10 15 h28u figs-apostrophe σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? Jesus is speaking figuratively to another city that he knows cannot hear him. He is doing this once again to show in a very strong way how he feels about this city. He is actually speaking to the people who can hear him, the disciples whom he is sending out. If your readers might not understand this kind of figurative speech, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to his disciples. Alternate translation: “The people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor them greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
LUK 10 15 l581 figs-doublenegatives σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? In Greek, the first word of the question that Jesus asks Capernaum is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, “will you?” Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum, do you really think that God is going to honor you greatly?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
LUK 10 15 l581 figs-doublenegatives σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? In Greek, the first word of the question that Jesus asks Capernaum is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, **will you?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum, do you really think that God is going to honor you greatly?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
LUK 10 15 enp6 figs-rquestion σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? Jesus is using the question form to teach. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor you greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 10 15 gk9v figs-metaphor σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? To be **exalted** or “lifted up” is a spatial metaphor that figuratively indicates receiving honor. To be lifted all the way up **to heaven** (or “to the sky,” another possible meaning) figuratively means to receive very great honor. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor you greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 10 15 l582 figs-metonymy σύ, Καφαρναούμ 1 you, Capernaum Jesus uses the name of this city to refer figuratively to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 17 8 kr7u translate-unknown περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι 1 girding yourself serve me See how you translated this in [12:35](../12/35.md). Alternate translation: “wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips so that you can serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 17 8 ds77 καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα 1 and after these things Alternate translation: “Then, after you have served me”
LUK 17 8 m124 figs-declarative φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ 1 you will eat and drink The master is using a future statement to give permission. Alternate translation: “you may eat and drink” or “you may have your own supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
LUK 17 9 qs51 figs-doublenegatives μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα? 1 He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he? The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, “does he?” Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Would he thank the servant for doing what he had been commanded to do?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
LUK 17 9 qs51 figs-doublenegatives μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα? 1 He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he? The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, **does he?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Would he thank the servant for doing what he had been commanded to do?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
LUK 17 9 m125 figs-explicit μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα? 1 He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he? The implicit answer to the question is “no.” Masters expect their servants to do what they command them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation, add an additional sentence: “No, a master would not do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 17 9 jn5s figs-rquestion μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα? 1 He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he? Jesus is using the question form to teach. He wants his disciples to reflect on the nature of the master-servant relationship in order to understand better how they should relate to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “A master would certainly not thank a servant for doing just what he had been commanded to do!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 17 9 m126 μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ 1 he does not have gratitude to the servant Alternate translation: “he does not need to thank the servant”
LUK 22 34 m542 figs-genericnoun ἀλέκτωρ 1 the rooster Jesus is not speaking of one particular **rooster** but of roosters in general. Alternate translation: “the roosters” or “the birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
LUK 22 34 m543 figs-explicit σήμερον 1 today The Jewish day began at sunset. Jesus was speaking after the sun had set. The rooster would crow just before morning. That morning was considered part of the same day. Alternate translation: “in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 22 35 m544 figs-metonymy ἄτερ βαλλαντίου, καὶ πήρας, καὶ ὑποδημάτων 1 without a money bag and sack and sandals As in [10:4](../10/04.md), Jesus is speaking of these items figuratively to mean what they represent. See how you translated these terms there. Alternate translation: “without any money or provisions or extra clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 22 35 m545 figs-doublenegatives μή τινος ὑστερήσατε? 1 you did not lack anything, did you? The first word of this question in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, “did you?” Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “did you lack anything?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
LUK 22 35 m545 figs-doublenegatives μή τινος ὑστερήσατε? 1 you did not lack anything, did you? The first word of this question in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, **did you?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “did you lack anything?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
LUK 22 35 cv68 figs-rquestion μή τινος ὑστερήσατε? 1 you did not lack anything, did you? Even though Jesus already knows the answer to this question and he is using it as a teaching tool, in this case he does want the disciples to reply. If you translated his words as a statement, for example, “I know that you did not lack anything,” then the disciples might seem to be interrupting him by speaking uninvited. Since Jesus did want them to speak, it would probably be most appropriate to present his words in the form of a question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 22 35 tb51 figs-ellipsis οὐθενός 1 Nothing Luke may be summarizing the disciples’ response briefly, or the disciples themselves may have responded this briefly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could expand on what this means. Alternate translation: “We did not lack anything” or “We had everything we needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
LUK 22 36 h7j7 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἔχων βαλλάντιον…ὁ μὴ ἔχων…μάχαιραν 1 the one who has a money bag … the one who does not have a sword Jesus was not referring to a specific one of the disciples who had a money bag or did not have a sword. Alternate translation: “anyone who has a money bag … anyone who does not have a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 1 10 cx5g figs-metaphor τῆς ὀργῆς τῆς ἐρχομένης 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **wrath** as though it were something that could travel and is **coming** to where people are. He means by this that in the future an event will happen when God will act wrathfully against people who have sinned and who have not trusted in Jesus to forgive their sins. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s judgment that will happen” or “when God will punish people for sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 intro kt5l 0 # 1 Thessalonians 2 General Notes<br><br>## Outline of 1 Thessalonians 2<br><br>1. Apostolic Suffering (2:1-13)<br>* Apostolic preaching (2:1-6)<br>* Apostolic conduct (2:7-9)<br>* Apostolic witness (2:10-3)<br>2. Persecution of the Church (2:14-16)<br>* Thessalonian persecution (2:14a)<br>* Jewish persecution (2:14b-16)<br>3. Paul’s Desire to Visit (2:17-20)<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>The first part of this chapter is a defense of their apostleship and sufferings. The second part is a recounting of the Thessalonian church’s sufferings. Lastly, the apostle Paul makes known his deep desire to visit the Thessalonian church.<br><br>## “We” and “You”<br><br>In this letter, the words **we** and **our** refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Throughout the letter, **we** and **our** is used to convey that all three apostles are in agreement with the letter.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Apostolic witness<br><br>Here, Paul defends how he, Silvanus, and Timothy are God’s apostles. By their preaching, conduct, and witness, they prove to be authorized messengers of Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/bible/kt/apostle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>### The gospel of God<br><br>The foundation of the apostolic witness is that they were “entrusted with the gospel” (See [2:4](../02/04.md)).The apostles’ authority makes them: “bold to speak” (See [2:2](../02/02.md)), “impart” (See [2:8](../02/08.md)), “preach” (See [2:9](../02/09.md)), and thank God that the Thessalonian church “received the word of God” (See [2:13](../02/13.md)).<br><br>### The Second Coming of Christ<br><br>In this chapter is the first mention of the Second Coming of Christ in its two facets. First, Paul mentions that the persecutors of Christ’s Church will be judged by using the phrase “wrath has come upon them” in [2:16](../02/16.md). Next, Paul speaks of the “hope” and “joy” and “glory” for those who will “be saved” (See [2:16](../02/16.md)) “in the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ at his coming” (See [2:19-20](../02/19.md)).
1TH 2 1 ii5j grammar-connect-words-phrases αὐτοὶ γὰρ οἴδατε, ἀδελφοί 1 Here, **For you yourselves know, brothers** functions as a chapter transition into the next topic, the apostles’ suffering. You could emphasize this if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Certainly, you are fully aware” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 2 1 gpr4 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ…οἴδατε 1 you yourselves know The words **you** and **yourselves** refer to the Thessalonian church. Paul uses this emphasis to express how well the Thessalonians understand the benefit of the apostles' previous visit. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “you fully realize” or “you personally understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1TH 2 1 gpr4 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ…οἴδατε 1 you yourselves know The words **you** and **yourselves** refer to the Thessalonian church. Paul uses this emphasis to express how well the Thessalonians understand the benefit of the apostles’ previous visit. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “you fully realize” or “you personally understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1TH 2 1 tdl3 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Throughout this letter, **brothers** is a metaphor meaning “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See [1:4](../01/04.md)). If your readers would not understand what **brothers** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 1 r14z figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TH 2 1 nwlt figs-abstractnouns τὴν εἴσοδον ἡμῶν τὴν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 This is an abstract noun phrase that refers to the apostles’ previous visit (See “reception” in [1:9](../01/09.md)). If your language does not use abstract noun phrases for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun phrase with a verb form. Alternate translation: “when we visited you” or “when you received us” or “when you welcomed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 3 13 vnsi figs-explicit ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ, μετὰ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων αὐτοῦ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus This is a reference to Zechariah 14:5 (See also 2 Thessalonians 1:7,10; Jude 14). Here it is implied that these **saints** are all those who are **blameless in holiness** and who have already died (See [4:14](../04/14.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the time the Lord Jesus arrives along with all his holy people who have already died” or “when the Lord Jesus returns a second time with all those reposed people who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TH 3 13 ytqg figs-idiom ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus Here, **at the coming of the Lord Jesus** is a well-known idiom in 1-2 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ (See [2:19; 4:15](../02/19.md)) or the “Day of the **Lord**” [5:2](../05/02.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this idea. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our Lord Jesus at his Second Coming” or “in the sight of our Lord Jesus when he arrives again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 4 intro b1z5 0 # 1 Thessalonians 4 General Notes<br><br>## Outline of 1 Thessalonians 4<br><br>1. Apostolic Teachings on Holiness (4:1-8)<br>2. Apostolic Teachings on Christian Love (4:9-12)<br>* Reminder (4:9-10)<br>* Keep Busy (4:11-12)<br>3. Apostolic Teachings on the Manner of the Second Coming of Christ (4:13-18)<br><br>## “We” and “You”<br><br>In this letter, the words **we** and **our** refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Throughout the letter, **we** and **our** are used to convey that all three apostles are in agreement with the letter.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Christian love<br><br>The apostles address the topic of Christian love that the Thessalonian church had previously asked about. The apostles encouraged the church that they were already loving well, and they should continue to grow in this practice. The apostles also link “brotherly love” to living in harmony with each other and minding their own business, so that they would be a good example to non-Christians (See [4:11-12](../04/11.md)).<br><br>### Dying before the Second Coming of Christ<br><br>The Thessalonian church was concerned about what would happen if a believer died before Christ returned. They were anxious to know whether or not those who died before Christ returned would be part of the Kingdom of God. Paul addresses that concern in [4:13-5:11](../04/13.md).<br><br>### The manner of the Second Coming of Christ<br><br>In [4:13-18](../04/13.md), the apostles teach about the events related to the Second Coming of Christ (called “the day of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md)). This is so that the Thessalonians can “comfort one another with these words” (See [4:18](../04/18.md)).<br><br>## Important Translation Issues in this Chapter<br><br>### Sexual immorality<br><br>Different cultures have different standards of sexual morality. These different cultural standards may make translating this passage difficult. Translators will have to consider the most appropriate way to communicate these sensitive issues.<br><br>### The Second Coming of Christ and the Day of the Lord<br><br>All Christians believe that Jesus will return to earth to judge all people and to rule forever. As the Nicene Creed (381 A.D.) states: “I await the resurrection of the dead and the life of the age to come.” Christ came once as Incarnate God and will return once as Resurrected Judge. However, there are various ways that Christians understand the “coming of the Lord” as explained in [4:13-5:11](../04/13.md), and the “day of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md). Some believe they are one and the same event, but others believe them to be two separate events. Your translation should state clearly only what is clear in these verses without promoting any particular interpretation.
1TH 4 1 vtas grammar-connect-words-phrases λοιπὸν οὖν 1 brothers Here, **So finally** could refer to: (1) a summary of the apostles' teachings. Alternate translation: “So, in summary,” (2) the remaining things to address. “So then, here is what remains for us to talk about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 4 1 vtas grammar-connect-words-phrases λοιπὸν οὖν 1 brothers Here, **So finally** could refer to: (1) a summary of the apostles’ teachings. Alternate translation: “So, in summary,” (2) the remaining things to address. “So then, here is what remains for us to talk about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 4 1 u2lw figs-doublet ἐρωτῶμεν ὑμᾶς καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν 1 we beg and exhort you These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how seriously the apostles want the Thessalonian church to follow their teachings. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “we are urging and appealing to you” or “we strongly urge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TH 4 1 foeh figs-metaphor ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 we beg and exhort you Paul speaks figuratively as if the apostles are occupying space inside of **the Lord Jesus**. Here, the metaphor expresses the idea that the apostles represent Jesus himself like ambassadors who possess a king’s authority. If your readers would not understand what **in the Lord** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with our authority from the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 1 p4db figs-metaphor τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 it is necessary for you to walk Here, **to walk** is a metaphor that means “to live” or “to obey” (See [2:12](../02/12.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “about how you must live” or “about how you are obligated to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 4 4 u98k figs-distinguish εἰδέναι ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ 1 to know to possess his own vessel Here Paul gives more instructions about the **sanctification** God wants for his people, by telling the Thessalonian church that every husband needs to treat his wife’s body and his own body **in sanctification and honor**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these verses clearer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
1TH 4 4 vhbp figs-euphemism εἰδέναι ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ, 1 to know to possess his own vessel Here, **to know to possess** refers to sexual intimacy. This is a polite way of referring to something private. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “God desires that you treat your wives’ bodies like they belong to God and to honor them” or “each of you men must use your own body for God’s holy and honorable purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1TH 4 4 fk6n figs-nominaladj ἕκαστον 1 to know to possess his own vessel Paul is using the adjective **each** as a noun in order to describe a group of men. Here it specifically is used to emphasize that every husband or man must obey this teaching. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “each and every man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TH 4 4 f4ux figs-metaphor τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι 1 to know to possess his own vessel Here Paul speaks figuratively of a person’s body as if it were a container. Here, **to possess his own vessel** is a metaphor that compares sexual self-control to a proper use of a container. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. It could refer to: (1) a wife’s body. Alternate translation: “to use his wife’s body” or “to properly care for his own wife” (2) a husband's own body. Alternate translation: “to control his own body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 4 f4ux figs-metaphor τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι 1 to know to possess his own vessel Here Paul speaks figuratively of a person’s body as if it were a container. Here, **to possess his own vessel** is a metaphor that compares sexual self-control to a proper use of a container. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. It could refer to: (1) a wife’s body. Alternate translation: “to use his wife’s body” or “to properly care for his own wife” (2) a husband’s own body. Alternate translation: “to control his own body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 4 arkf figs-possession τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος 1 to know to possess his own vessel Paul is using the possessive form **his own** to express ownership. Use a natural way in your language to express ownership. Alternate translation: “the wife that belongs to you” or “your very own wife” or “the body that belongs to you”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1TH 4 4 ihqe figs-hendiadys ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ 1 to know to possess his own vessel This phrase could express a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **honor** tells how a husband or man must live in **sanctification**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “by honorably setting it apart for God’s purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1TH 4 5 utvd figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας 1 in the passion of lust If your language does not use the abstract noun phrase **in the passion of lust**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “not passionately lusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 4 15 hdlr figs-distinguish οἱ περιλειπόμενοι 1 by the word of the Lord This phrase gives us further information about **we who are alive**. It is not making a distinction between **who are left behind** and **we who are alive**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “and survive” or “and remain here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
1TH 4 15 b786 figs-idiom εἰς τὴν παρουσίαν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 at the coming of the Lord Here, **coming of the Lord** is a well-known idiom in 1-2 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ [3:13](../03/13.md) or the “Day of the **Lord**” [5:2](../05/02.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “until the Lord Jesus returns” or “for the Second Coming of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 4 15 xd2y figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ φθάσωμεν τοὺς κοιμηθέντας 1 by the word of the Lord Here, the phrase translated **certainly not** is a strong prohibition meaning “never.” If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement as in the UST. Alternate translation: “will never precede those who are dead” or “are not permitted to come before those who have already died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1TH 4 16 ah7p grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 the Lord himself … will descend Here, **For** indicates that following events are related to the Second Coming. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this. Alternately translation: “Certainly,” or "Indeed," (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 4 16 ah7p grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 the Lord himself … will descend Here, **For** indicates that following events are related to the Second Coming. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this. Alternately translation: “Certainly,” or “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 4 16 c26b grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ὅτι αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος ἐν κελεύσματι, ἐν φωνῇ ἀρχαγγέλου, καὶ ἐν σάλπιγγι Θεοῦ, καταβήσεται ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ 1 the Lord himself … will descend In this verse, Paul is describing events that happen at the same time **the Lord will descend from heaven**. He emphasizes the order of events by listing them prior to the main verb. If it is clearer in your language, you could place the main verb before the accompanying actions. You can also make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “Certainly, the Lord Jesus himself will come down from heaven with a commanding shout, and with the archangel’s voice, and with God’s trumpet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
1TH 4 16 ygfp figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord himself … will descend Paul uses the word **himself** to emphasize that the Lord Jesus will come back in person. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus will come back personally” or “the very person, the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1TH 4 16 z9ka ἀρχαγγέλου 1 of the archangel See Jude 9 for the only other use of this word in the Bible.
@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 5 6 d2aj figs-metaphor μὴ καθεύδωμεν ὡς οἱ λοιποί 1 we might keep watch and be sober Here Paul speaks figuratively about the people “of the night” and “of the darkness” are if they are sleeping. He means that they are unaware or unprepared for the Lord’s return because they are living sinfully (See notes for “darkness” at [5:4-5](../05/04.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **sleep** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “we must not be unprepared like non-Christians” or “let us not be like the rest of humanity, who are not aware that Jesus is coming back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 6 on3d figs-imperative μὴ καθεύδωμεν…γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν 1 we might keep watch and be sober Here, the verb forms **sleep**, **keep watch**, and **be sober** could also refer to: (1) commands. Alternate translation: “we must not sleep … we must keep watch and be sober” (2) appeals. Alternate translation: “let us not sleep … let us keep watch and let us be sober” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1TH 5 6 x0zh figs-nominaladj οἱ λοιποί 1 we might keep watch and be sober Paul is using the adjective **the rest** as a noun in order to describe those who are unprepared for Christ’s return. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “like others who are not ready for the Lord Jesus to return” or “like the rest of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
1TH 5 6 q33e grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 we might not sleep Here, what follows the word **but** is in contrast to **the rest** who **sleep**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “On the contrary,” or “Instead,” or "Rather," (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TH 5 6 q33e grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 we might not sleep Here, what follows the word **but** is in contrast to **the rest** who **sleep**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “On the contrary,” or “Instead,” or “Rather,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TH 5 6 sdww figs-metaphor γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν 1 we might not sleep Here, Paul speaks figuratively of Christians as if they are watch guards. He means that they should be aware and be prepared for the Lord’s return by living as God’s people should live. If your readers would not understand what it means to **keep watch** or **be sober** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “instead, we must stay spiritually alert and prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 6 osxu figs-hendiadys γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν 1 we might not sleep These verbs express a similar idea by using two words connected with **and**. The verb **be sober** tells how Christians should **keep watch**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “we should remain calmly alert” or “let us remain soberly awake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1TH 5 7 fxca figs-parallelism οἱ γὰρ καθεύδοντες, νυκτὸς καθεύδουσιν; καὶ οἱ μεθυσκόμενοι, νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν 1 For those who are sleeping, sleep at night These two phrases convey similar ideas by repeating the same verb forms twice. Paul says the same thing twice, in different ways, to show that **sleeping** and **getting drunk** are states of being that make people unaware or unprepared. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can condense each phrase. Alternate translation: “Certainly, people sleep at night, and people get drunk at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 356 and column 267.
@ -61,15 +61,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TH 2 11 en8e figs-metaphor πέμπει αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς ἐνέργειαν πλάνης, εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς τῷ ψεύδει 1 God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie Paul is speaking of **God** allowing something to happen to people as if he is **sending them** something. Alternate translation: “God is allowing the man of lawlessness to deceive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TH 2 12 d63e figs-activepassive κριθῶσιν πάντες 1 they might all be judged You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will judge all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TH 2 12 pkw8 οἱ μὴ πιστεύσαντες τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, ἀλλὰ εὐδοκήσαντες τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 those who have not believed the truth, but have taken pleasure in unrighteousness “those who took pleasure in unrighteousness because they did not believe the truth”
2TH 2 13 w83a 0 General Information: Paul gives thanks to God for the believers and encourages them.
2TH 2 13 w83a 0 General Information: If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 13. Suggested heading: “Paul gives thanks to God for the believers and encourages them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
2TH 2 13 bcd5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul now changes topics.
2TH 2 13 b3hh δὲ 1 Now Paul here uses the word **Now** to mark a change in topic.
2TH 2 13 dze5 figs-hyperbole ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν…πάντοτε 1 we ought always to give thanks The word **always** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “we should continually give thanks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2TH 2 13 m418 ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν 1 we ought Here, **we** refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy.
2TH 2 13 ia4x figs-activepassive ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ Κυρίου 1 brothers having been loved by the Lord You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for the Lord loves you, brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TH 2 13 v15j figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2TH 2 13 l7a8 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας 1 as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers are **firstfruits**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TH 2 13 b3hh δὲ 1 Now Paul here uses the word **Now** to mark a change in topic. You can use a natural way in your language to indicate/show that this is a new section.
2TH 2 13 dze5 figs-hyperbole ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν…πάντοτε 1 we ought always to give thanks The word **always** is a generalization. This is used to emphasize or to exaggerate the action. If this is not natural in your language, you can use the alternative renderings given. Alternate translation: “we should continually give thanks” or “we must thank God at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2TH 2 13 m418 ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν 1 we ought Here, **we** refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person pronouns in your language, this should be an exclusive pronoun.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]
2TH 2 13 ia4x figs-activepassive ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ Κυρίου 1 brothers having been loved by the Lord If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form.Alternate translation: “for the Lord loves you, brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TH 2 13 v15j figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women.Ifyour readers understand that it is addressed only to men, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you use anon-figurative word such as “believers”, see that both the genders are addressed.Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2TH 2 13 l7a8 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας 1 as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers are **firstfruits**. Alternate Translation: “to be among the first people who believe” or “among the first people whom God was saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]
2TH 2 13 bpqn figs-abstractnouns ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας 1 as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth You can change the abstract nouns **salvation**, **sanctification**, **belief**, and **truth** into verbal forms. Alternate translation: “to be among the first people who believe what is true, and whom God has saved and set apart for himself by his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2TH 2 14 e0gy figs-ellipsis 1
2TH 2 15 u9ss ἄρα οὖν, ἀδελφοί, στήκετε 1 So then, brothers, stand firm Paul exhorts the believers to hold fast to their faith in Jesus.
2TH 2 15 l4vr figs-metaphor κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις 1 hold tight to the traditions Here, **traditions** refers to the truths of Christ that Paul and the other apostles taught. Paul speaks of them as if his readers could hold on to them with their hands. Alternate translation: “remember the traditions” or “believe the truths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TH 2 15 whp8 figs-activepassive ἐδιδάχθητε 1 you were taught You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “we have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie
Paul is speaking of **God** allowing something to happen to people as if he is **sending them** something. Alternate translation: “God is allowing the man of lawlessness to deceive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
62
2TH
2
12
d63e
figs-activepassive
κριθῶσιν πάντες
1
they might all be judged
You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will judge all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
those who have not believed the truth, but have taken pleasure in unrighteousness
“those who took pleasure in unrighteousness because they did not believe the truth”
64
2TH
2
13
w83a
0
General Information:
Paul gives thanks to God for the believers and encourages them.If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 13. Suggested heading: “Paul gives thanks to God for the believers and encourages them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
65
2TH
2
13
bcd5
0
Connecting Statement:
Paul now changes topics.
66
2TH
2
13
b3hh
δὲ
1
Now
Paul here uses the word **Now** to mark a change in topic.Paul here uses the word **Now** to mark a change in topic. You can use a natural way in your language to indicate/show that this is a new section.
67
2TH
2
13
dze5
figs-hyperbole
ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν…πάντοτε
1
we ought always to give thanks
The word **always** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “we should continually give thanks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])The word **always** is a generalization. This is used to emphasize or to exaggerate the action. If this is not natural in your language, you can use the alternative renderings given. Alternate translation: “we should continually give thanks” or “we must thank God at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
68
2TH
2
13
m418
ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν
1
we ought
Here, **we** refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy.Here, **we** refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person pronouns in your language, this should be an exclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]
69
2TH
2
13
ia4x
figs-activepassive
ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ Κυρίου
1
brothers having been loved by the Lord
You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for the Lord loves you, brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for the Lord loves you, brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
70
2TH
2
13
v15j
figs-gendernotations
ἀδελφοὶ
1
brothers
Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. If your readers understand that it is addressed only to men, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you use a non-figurative word such as “believers”, see that both the genders are addressed.Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth
Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers are **firstfruits**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers are **firstfruits**. Alternate Translation: “to be among the first people who believe” or “among the first people whom God was saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]
as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth
You can change the abstract nouns **salvation**, **sanctification**, **belief**, and **truth** into verbal forms. Alternate translation: “to be among the first people who believe what is true, and whom God has saved and set apart for himself by his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
73
2TH
2
14
e0gy
figs-ellipsis
1
74
2TH
2
15
u9ss
ἄρα οὖν, ἀδελφοί, στήκετε
1
So then, brothers, stand firm
Paul exhorts the believers to hold fast to their faith in Jesus.
75
2TH
2
15
l4vr
figs-metaphor
κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις
1
hold tight to the traditions
Here, **traditions** refers to the truths of Christ that Paul and the other apostles taught. Paul speaks of them as if his readers could hold on to them with their hands. Alternate translation: “remember the traditions” or “believe the truths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
76
2TH
2
15
whp8
figs-activepassive
ἐδιδάχθητε
1
you were taught
You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “we have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
1PE front intro c1uv 0 # Introduction to 1 Peter<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 1 Peter<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1-2)<br>1. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3-2:10)<br>1. Christian living (2:11-4:11)<br>1. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (4:12-5:11)<br>1. Closing (5:12-14)<br><br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?<br><br>The Book of 1 Peter was written by the Apostle Peter. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor.<br><br>### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?<br><br>Peter wrote this letter to help encourage and testify to “the true grace of God” so that the Gentile believers would stand firm “in it” (5:12).<br><br>He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also gave instructions about Christians submitting to persons in authority.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How were Christians treated in Rome?<br><br>Peter probably was in Rome when he wrote this letter. He gave Rome the symbolic name of “Babylon” (5:13). It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were badly persecuting Christians.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?<br><br>“You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth. This was for the purpose of sincere brotherly love; so love one another earnestly from the heart” (1:22). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth through the Spirit for the purpose of sincere brotherly love, so love one another earnestly from the heart.”<br><br>If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1PE 1 intro ql4i 0 # 1 Peter 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Peter formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 1:24-25.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### What God reveals<br><br>When Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.<br><br>### Holiness<br><br>God wants his people to be holy because God is holy (1:15). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>### Eternity<br><br>Peter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](../01/06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](../01/05.md))
1PE front intro c1uv 0 # Introduction to 1 Peter\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of 1 Peter\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–2)\n2. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3–2:10)\n3. Proper Christian behavior (2:11–4:11)\n4. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (4:12–5:11)\n5. Closing (5:12–14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?\n\nThe Book of 1 Peter was written by the Apostle Peter. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/peter]])\n\n### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?\n\nPeter wrote this letter to encourage Gentile Christians who were being persecuted and to exhort them to stand firm in “the true grace of God” ([5:12](../05/12.md)).\n\nPeter told his readers how they should act in the midst of a society that hated them. He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also instructed Christians about submitting to persons in authority.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How were Christians treated in Rome?\n\nPeter was probably in Rome when he wrote this letter. He gave Rome the symbolic name of “Babylon” (5:13). It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were severely persecuting Christians.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Singular and plural “you”\n\nIn this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?\n\n“You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth. This was for the purpose of sincere brotherly love; so love one another earnestly from the heart” (1:22). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth through the Spirit for the purpose of sincere brotherly love, so love one another earnestly from the heart.”\n\nIf a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1PE 1 intro ql4i 0 # 1 Peter 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–2)\n2. Praise to God for salvation (1:3–12)\n3. Command to be holy (1:13–21)\n4. Command to love each other (1:22–25)\n\nPeter begins this letter in [1:1–2](../01/01.md) by giving his name, identifying the people to whom he is writing, and offering a greeting. That was the way people typically began letters at this time.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [1:24–25](../01/24.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### What God reveals\n\nWhen Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.\n\n### Holiness\n\nGod wants his people to be holy because God is holy (1:15). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n### Eternity\n\nPeter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](../01/06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](../01/05.md))
1PE 1 1 g6b4 0 General Information: Peter identifies himself as the writer and identifies and greets the believers to whom he is writing.
1PE 1 1 u3zc figs-metaphor ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς 1 to the elect foreigners of the dispersion Peter speaks of his readers as people who live as **exiles**since they are far from their homes in many different countries because of **the dispersion**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 1 1 cf7b ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις 1 to the elect foreigners Peter wrote this letter **to the elect exiles**. God has chosen them according to his own foreknowledge. Alternate translation: “to the chosen foreigners” or “the ones whom God the Father has chosen”
@ -298,4 +298,4 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1PE 5 13 muq7 writing-symlanguage ἡ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι 1 She who is in Babylon Here, **she** probably refers to the group of believers who live in **Babylon**. Here, **Babylon** could mean: (1) This is a symbol for the city of Rome. (2) This is a symbol for anywhere that Christians are suffering. (3) This is a literal reference to the city of Babylon. It most likely refers to the city of Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
1PE 5 13 rpf5 figs-activepassive συνεκλεκτὴ 1 chosen together with you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom God has chosen as he has chosen you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1PE 5 13 ws2x figs-metaphor ὁ υἱός μου 1 my son Peter speaks of Mark as if he is his spiritual **son**. Alternate translation: “my spiritual son” or “who is like a son to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 5 14 fc7b φιλήματι ἀγάπης 1 a kiss of love Alternate translation: “a loving kiss” or “a kiss to show your love for each other”
1PE 5 14 fc7b φιλήματι ἀγάπης 1 a kiss of love Alternate translation: “a loving kiss” or “a kiss to show your love for each other”
1
Book
Chapter
Verse
ID
SupportReference
OrigQuote
Occurrence
GLQuote
OccurrenceNote
2
1PE
front
intro
c1uv
0
# Introduction to 1 Peter<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 1 Peter<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1-2)<br>1. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3-2:10)<br>1. Christian living (2:11-4:11)<br>1. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (4:12-5:11)<br>1. Closing (5:12-14)<br><br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?<br><br>The Book of 1 Peter was written by the Apostle Peter. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor.<br><br>### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?<br><br>Peter wrote this letter to help encourage and testify to “the true grace of God” so that the Gentile believers would stand firm “in it” (5:12).<br><br>He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also gave instructions about Christians submitting to persons in authority.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How were Christians treated in Rome?<br><br>Peter probably was in Rome when he wrote this letter. He gave Rome the symbolic name of “Babylon” (5:13). It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were badly persecuting Christians.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?<br><br>“You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth. This was for the purpose of sincere brotherly love; so love one another earnestly from the heart” (1:22). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth through the Spirit for the purpose of sincere brotherly love, so love one another earnestly from the heart.”<br><br>If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])# Introduction to 1 Peter\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of 1 Peter\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–2)\n2. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3–2:10)\n3. Proper Christian behavior (2:11–4:11)\n4. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (4:12–5:11)\n5. Closing (5:12–14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?\n\nThe Book of 1 Peter was written by the Apostle Peter. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/peter]])\n\n### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?\n\nPeter wrote this letter to encourage Gentile Christians who were being persecuted and to exhort them to stand firm in “the true grace of God” ([5:12](../05/12.md)).\n\nPeter told his readers how they should act in the midst of a society that hated them. He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also instructed Christians about submitting to persons in authority.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How were Christians treated in Rome?\n\nPeter was probably in Rome when he wrote this letter. He gave Rome the symbolic name of “Babylon” (5:13). It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were severely persecuting Christians.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Singular and plural “you”\n\nIn this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?\n\n“You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth. This was for the purpose of sincere brotherly love; so love one another earnestly from the heart” (1:22). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth through the Spirit for the purpose of sincere brotherly love, so love one another earnestly from the heart.”\n\nIf a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3
1PE
1
intro
ql4i
0
# 1 Peter 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Peter formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 1:24-25.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### What God reveals<br><br>When Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.<br><br>### Holiness<br><br>God wants his people to be holy because God is holy (1:15). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>### Eternity<br><br>Peter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](../01/06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](../01/05.md))# 1 Peter 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–2)\n2. Praise to God for salvation (1:3–12)\n3. Command to be holy (1:13–21)\n4. Command to love each other (1:22–25)\n\nPeter begins this letter in [1:1–2](../01/01.md) by giving his name, identifying the people to whom he is writing, and offering a greeting. That was the way people typically began letters at this time.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [1:24–25](../01/24.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### What God reveals\n\nWhen Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.\n\n### Holiness\n\nGod wants his people to be holy because God is holy (1:15). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n### Eternity\n\nPeter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](../01/06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](../01/05.md))
4
1PE
1
1
g6b4
0
General Information:
Peter identifies himself as the writer and identifies and greets the believers to whom he is writing.
5
1PE
1
1
u3zc
figs-metaphor
ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς
1
to the elect foreigners of the dispersion
Peter speaks of his readers as people who live as **exiles**since they are far from their homes in many different countries because of **the dispersion**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6
1PE
1
1
cf7b
ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις
1
to the elect foreigners
Peter wrote this letter **to the elect exiles**. God has chosen them according to his own foreknowledge. Alternate translation: “to the chosen foreigners” or “the ones whom God the Father has chosen”
298
1PE
5
13
muq7
writing-symlanguage
ἡ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι
1
She who is in Babylon
Here, **she** probably refers to the group of believers who live in **Babylon**. Here, **Babylon** could mean: (1) This is a symbol for the city of Rome. (2) This is a symbol for anywhere that Christians are suffering. (3) This is a literal reference to the city of Babylon. It most likely refers to the city of Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
299
1PE
5
13
rpf5
figs-activepassive
συνεκλεκτὴ
1
chosen together with you
If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom God has chosen as he has chosen you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
300
1PE
5
13
ws2x
figs-metaphor
ὁ υἱός μου
1
my son
Peter speaks of Mark as if he is his spiritual **son**. Alternate translation: “my spiritual son” or “who is like a son to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
301
1PE
5
14
fc7b
φιλήματι ἀγάπης
1
a kiss of love
Alternate translation: “a loving kiss” or “a kiss to show your love for each other”
See in Reader
Larry Sallee